The Warehouse Group Annual Result 2021
Results for announcement to the market
Name of issuer The Warehouse Group Limited
Reporting Period 52 weeks to 1 August 2021
Previous Reporting Period 53 weeks to 2 August 2020
Currency New Zealand dollars
$3,414,601
$3,414,601
$117,651
$117,651
Final Dividend
Record Date 18 November 2021
Dividend Payment Date 03 December 2021
Contact phone number
Contact email address
Date of release through MAP
Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.
Revenue from continuing
operations
up 7.6 %
The Warehouse Group Limited
Results for announcement (for Equity and Debt Security issuer)
Amount (000s)Percentage change
Total Revenue up 7.6 %
Net profit/(loss) from
continuing operations
up 164.7 %
Total net profit/(loss) up 164.6 %
Amount per Quoted Equity
Security
$0.17500000
Imputed amount per
Quoted Equity Security
$0.06805556
Current periodPrior comparable period
Net tangible assets per
Quoted Equity Security
$0.818 (01 August 2021) $0.697 (02 August 2020)
A brief explanation of any of
the figures above necessary
to enable the figures to be
understood
The investor presentation and media release which accompany this
announcement, provide information and commentary to explain the financial
performance of the Group for the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021.
Jonathan.Oram@thewarehouse.co.nz
29 September 2021
Authority for this announcement
Name of person authorised to
make this announcement
Jonathan Oram (Group Chief Financial Officer)
Contact person for this
announcement
Jonathan Oram (Group Chief Financial Officer)
09 217 7651
---
The Warehouse Group
FY21 Annual Results
29 September 2021
We have
transformed
Helping Kiwis
live better
every day
CHAIR’S UPDATE3
Joan Withers
GROUP UPDATE8
Nick Grayston
GROUP FINANCIALS14
Jonathan Oram
DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE24
Jonathan Oram
OUTLOOK30
Joan Withers
2
CHAIR’S
4
1.Adjusted Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) is before unusual itemsand is a non-GAAP measure.A reconciliation between Adjusted and Statutory NPAT is located on slide 19and in Note 5 of
the Financial Statements for the year ended 1 August 2021.2020 Adjusted NPAT was restated from $80.7 million to $32.1 million due to the Group repaying the Government COVID-19
wage subsidy in December 2020. This repayment resulted in the reclassification of the initial receipt of the subsidy in March2020 as an unusual item. This prior year reclassification has
the effect of reducing 'other income' and decreasing the 'unusual item' expense on the Income Statement by $67.6 million (beforetax) for the year ended 2 August 2020.
2.The Group held cash on hand of $160.5 million (2020: $168.1 million) at balance date, combined with available bank facilitiesof$330 million, providing liquidity of $490.5 million (2020:
$498.1 million).
•Group sales $3.4bn –up 7.6%
•Gross profit margin up from 32.6% to
36.4%
•Reported NPAT $117.7m –up from
$44.5m in prior year
•Adjusted NPAT $175.5m–up
from$32.1m in prior year
•Net cash on hand -$160.5 million
•Total Liquidity -$490.5 million
2
•Online sales -$393.1 million, up
5.0% on last year and making up 11.5% of
total Group Sales
•Click & Collect sales –up 21.1%
•Carried over 11,500 unique products
with a sustainable feature,
accounting for over $176 millionin sales
•We have diverted 77.9% of
operationalwaste from landfill (up
from 76.7% in FY20)
•Reduced Scope 1 and 2 emissions by
2.7% and reduced total emissions by
6.4% since FY19
•$4.3 millionraised for New Zealand
charities and communities
•Increased female senior leaders to
44.4% of senior leadership roles
Our People
•Four years ago, we would not have anticipated the record results we have achieved in this financial year.
•In FY21, we have made material progress to become an Agile business and operate effectively within a dynamic
environment. Agile is not an easy journey –and I want to give credit to all our people for having the bravery and
stamina to meet the challenge of such fundamental change.
•Our culture and mindset and our teams’ expertise have enabled the business to open and shut stores and move to
Click &Collect almost overnight during the first wave of COVID-19 alert level changes. And now again, as the country
reverted to Level 4 lockdown and then into a split level environment across New Zealand.
•I would like to thank all our team members who have adapted and pivoted to these changes and have enabled the
Group to provide our customers’ needs and wants, when we can, in and out of lockdown periods.
•Our team have truly lived our values by putting customers first, doing good for our people and planet, and delivering
on what we said we would do.
5
UPDATE
6
FY21 Results
•Given the turbulence of the past year, we are pleased to report a record result with total retail sales of $3.4 billion, up
7.6% on FY20.
•Gross profit margin has increased from 32.6% to 36.4% and operating profit
(1)
margin has risen from 1.6% to 7.0%.
•Our reported NPAT of $117.7 million and adjusted net profit after tax
(2)
of $175.5 million is a record for The Warehouse
Group.
•Strong operational performance, sustained sales momentum and a robust financial position enabled the Group to
repay the COVID-19 wage subsidy of $67.6 million for our 11,000 employees in December 2020.
Dividends
•Our stronger than expected trading performance enabled the Board to declare a special dividend of 5.0 cents per
share in February 2021, and an interim dividend of 13.0 cents per share in April 2021.
•The Board is pleased to announce a fully imputed final dividend of 17.5 cents per share.The final dividend has been
declared on the assumption that New Zealand is predominantly at Level 2 from the end of October. The record date
for the dividend will be 18 November 2021 and will be paid on 3 December 2021.This brings the total dividends for
the year to 35.5 cents per share declared, and represents a pay-out ratio of 70.2% of adjusted net profit.
•This is in line with our recently amended dividend policy which was approved by the Board in March 2021 –to
distribute at least 70% of the Group’s full year adjusted net profit, at the discretion of the Board and subject to trading
performance, market conditions and liquidity requirements.We are pleased to be able to declare a final dividend, even
in the wake of further COVID-19 lockdown periods following year end.
UPDATE
1.Operating profit excludes the impact of NZ IFRS 16 and is a non-GAAP measure. A reconciliation between adjusted operating profitand Earnings before Interest and Taxation
(EBIT) is located on slide 19 and in note 2 of the financial statements for the year ended 1 August 2021.
2.Adjusted Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) is before unusual itemsand is a non-GAAP measure. A reconciliation between Adjusted and Statutory NPAT is located on slide 19 and in
Note 5 of the Financial Statements for the year ended 1 August 2021.
Sustainability
•In August 2021 we established a new Board level Environmental and Social Sustainability Committee, which oversees
our governance of environmental, social and sustainability issues.
•We have been carbon neutral since 2019.
•In FY21 we diverted 77.9% of waste from landfill, we have reduced our scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2.7% since FY19,
and we have increased our women in senior leadership roles to more than 44%. We have also facilitated community
donations of around $4.3m for key social causes.
•While we still have work to do, I am incredibly proud of these and the many other initiatives and progress we have
achieved this year.
Governance
•In 2021, we also saw a change in our Directors.Following the farewell of Sir Stephen Tindall and Keith Smith at the
Annual Meeting last year, we welcomed Robbie Tindall as a permanent member of the Board.We also announced
the appointment of Rachel Tauleleiin February and who will stand for election by shareholders at the Annual
Shareholders’ Meeting in November.
•Foodstuffs sell down of their shares in The Warehouse Group in May 2021 has increased our freefloatliquidity and
changed the shape of our register, with institutional shareholders now holding approximately 9% and retail
shareholdersholding approximately 20% of shares.
7
UPDATE
9
Think customer
We put the customer first in
everything we do
Own it
We walk the talk and make
things happen
Do good
We are one team, standing
up for our people, our planet
and our communities
Purpose
Vision
Priorities
Values
Helping Kiwis live better every day
To build New Zealand’s most sustainable, convenient and customer-first company
Build a customer
ecosystem
Build the future
experience
Invest in our infrastructure
to excel in retail
fundamentals
Ethical and sustainable
performance
Customer-first offering
powered by data
Frictionless on-demand
shopping experience
10
✓Launched new website for
The Warehouse
✓Continued investment in
TheMarket.com, providing over 2.5
million available products
✓Improved inventory management –
reducing in-store SKUs by 18.5% for
The Warehouseand12.6% for
Warehouse Stationery
✓Enhanced range optimisation
FY21
Achievements
✓Weighted averageNet Promoter
Score increased 7.5 points to 76.6
✓Click & Collect sales grew 21.1% -
driven by Same-day Click & Collect
at The Warehouse and One-hour
Click & Collect at Noel Leeming
✓252 stores across the network
including 8 SWAS stores
implemented during the year –
bringing total to 25
✓Significant progress on core system
projects –WMS, ERPFI and MDM
✓Increased stock turn from 4.4 times
to 5.3 times
✓Reduced aged inventory
1
as
percentage of inventory from 28.1%
in FY20 to 16.1% in FY21
✓Liquidity of $490.5 million,with no
debt
Build a customer
ecosystem
Build the future
experience
Invest in our
infrastructure to excel
in retail fundamentals
Priorities
Strategic Themes
•Engage new and existing
customers by better solving
their needs and wants
•Offer a seamless and
frictionless customer
experience
•Meet & exceed changing
consumer behaviours
•Leverage footprint and
develop supply chain
•“What I want, where I need it,
when I choose”
•Best in NZ retail performance
metrics
•Strong corporate and brand
reputation
•Long term financial security
1.Aged inventory is stock held for more than 26 weeks.
PRIORITIES
ECOSYSTEM
11
•Our customer-centric ecosystem enables frictionless
shopping experiences creating greater customer
value.
•We have strong ecosystem foundations in place with
an established physical footprint and market leading
digital assets.
•We have confirmed the rollout of a unified loyalty
programme across the Group as “Market Club” and
“Market Club+”.
•In July, we announced that we have become a
cornerstone strategic investor in Zoom Health –we
have a shared vision to offer convenient and
affordable access to healthcare to all Kiwis.
•Further improvements will make customer shopping
journeys with our family of brands faster, easier and
more personalised through unified data, platforms
and people –while remaining focused on the
fundamentals of delivering exceptional value and new
assortments with improved customer fulfilment and
payment options in store and online.
12
BY BRAND
+5.8%+4.8%
to 6.3% of total sales
10.4%
720 basis point improvement
+37.9%
+2.2%flat
to 10.3% of total sales
12.5%
600 basis point improvement
+64.4%
+11.7%-6.4%
to 10.5% of total sales
5.8%
240 basis point improvement
+9.3%
2.1%
up from Operating Loss of 13.6%
+22.2%+18.4%
to 28.8% of total sales
+26.1%
Sales GrowthOperating Profit
Margin
Online Sales
Growth
Growth in Click &
Collect Fulfilment
TheMarket–218k customers 207%
Orders per customer16%
Range
Audience
Transactions
5,321 brands58%
2.5mavailable products93%
40m sessions –TheMarketand 1-day
TheMarket–19m sessions138%
50k club members102%
397k active customers –TheMarketand 1-day
•Our vision is to change the way Kiwis shop –providing more options, better
convenience and value
•Nearly doubled available product range -our goal is to make 10,000+ of the
world’s most desirable brands available to all Kiwis
•Significant audience growth supported by increasing purchase frequency has
grown merchant orders by 265% YoY
•MarketClubmembership growth a key value driver
•1-day deals business now consolidated.
15
For the year ended 1 August 2021
1.Operating profit excludes the impact of NZ IFRS 16 and is a non-GAAP measure. A reconciliation between adjusted operating profitand Earnings before Interest and Taxation (EBIT) is located on slide 19
and in note 2 of the financial statements for the year ended 1 August 2021.
2.Adjusted Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) is before unusual itemsand is a non-GAAP measure.A reconciliation between Adjusted and Statutory NPAT is located on slide 19and in Note 5 of the Financial
Statements for the year ended 1 August 2021. 2020 Adjusted NPAT was restated from $80.7 million to $32.1 million due to the Group repaying the Government COVID-19 wage subsidy in December 2020.
This repayment resulted in the reclassification of the initial receipt of the subsidy in March 2020 as an unusual item. This prior year reclassification has the effect of reducing 'other income' and decreasing
the 'unusual item' expense on the Income Statement by $67.6 million (before tax) for the year ended 2 August 2020.
3.The final dividend has been declared on the assumption that Auckland is at Level 2 from the end of October.
•Group sales up 7.6% on prior year, driven by top-line growth
across all major brands but particularly Noel Leeming and
Torpedo7. FY20 was a 53 week financial year vs 52 in FY21.
•Gross Profit continues to grow at a faster rate than sales due to
strengthening margins. This is attributable to better margin
management and sell through rates requiring lower clearance and
promotional activity.
•Cost of doing business (“CODB”) increased by 1.5% but declined
as a percentage of sales to 29.4%. CODB remains a key focus for
the Group and it is encouraging to see the impact of major
initiatives reflected in the continued downward trend of CODB %.
•The aforementioned factors have contributed to an operating profit
margin of 7.0%. Operating profit is up 388.5% to $240.6m
performance which was materially impacted by the lockdowns
resulting from the outbreak of COVID-19 and is restated to exclude
the wage subsidy.
•Operating cash flow has declined by 39.4%. Increasing profitability
has been offset by investment in working capital as inventory
balances build on the low levels of FY20, as well as the $67.6m
wage subsidy repayment, plus the move of international creditors
to 120-day pay cycle in FY20.
•Dividends include a special dividend of 5.0 cps declared in
February, interim dividend of 13.0 cps declared in April, and final
dividend of 17.5 cps
3
payable on 3 December 2021.
$ million
FY21FY20Variance
Group Sales
3,414.6 3,172.8
7.6%
Gross Profit
1,241.4 1,034.9
20.0%
Gross Profit Margin %36.4%32.6%380
CODB
1,000.8 985.6
1.5%
CODB %29.4%31.0%(160)
Operating Profit
1
240.6 49.3
388.5%
Operating Profit Margin %7.0%1.6%540
Continuing NPAT (reported)
117.7 44.4
164.7%
Continuing NPAT (adjusted)
2
175.5 32.1
446.6%
NPAT (Reported)
117.7 44.5
164.6%
Operating Cash Flow
247.3 408.0
-39.4%
Dividends
35.5cps -
35.5cps
PERFORMANCE
-30%
-20%
-10%
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
W1W2W3W4W5W6W7W8W9
W10W11W12W13W14W15W16W17W18W19W20W21W22W23W24W25W26W27W28W29W30W31W32W33W34W35W36W37W38W39W40W41W42W43W44W45W46W47W48W49W50W51W52
H1 AND H2 SALES TREND
1616
Auckland Level 3
Lockdown
Wed 12 Aug –
Sun 30 Aug
Timing difference
of public holidays
and store
opening hours
over Christmas /
New Year
L4/L3 Lockdown
25 Mar –13 May
FY20
Release of pent
up demand at the
end of first
lockdown in
FY20
1.Total sales includes sales from TheMarket.com, Other Group operations and Inter-segment eliminations
$m
FY21 H1FY20 H1Var %FY21 H2FY20 H2Var %FY21FY20Var %
The Warehouse
967.3 939.3 3.0%837.6 766.7 9.2%1,804.9 1,706.0 5.8%
Warehouse Stationery
136.6 133.8 2.1%138.0 135.0 2.2%274.6 268.8 2.2%
Noel Leeming
593.2 512.8 15.7%535.0 497.2 7.6%1,128.2 1,010.0 11.7%
Torpedo7
84.9 65.8 29.0%73.8 64.1 15.1%158.7 129.9 22.2%
Other
1
26.3 31.7
-17.0%
21.9 26.4
-17.0%
48.2 58.1
-17.1%
Total Group Sales
1,808.3 1,683.4 7.4%1,606.3 1,489.4 7.8%3,414.6 3,172.8 7.6%
MARGIN
Gross Profit Margin (%) by Brand
Group Gross Profit Margin (%)
•Gross Profit Margin has been one of the most significant drivers
of Group profitability, with strong growth across all brands.
•Improvements in inventory ageing and stock turns has resulted in
the need for lower clearance activity, which when combined with
the reduced promotional activity that comes with being an Every
Day Low Price (EDLP) retailer, has assisted in Gross Profit
Margin growth.
•With a strong focus on managing the sell through on seasonal
product lines and increasing the proportion of our stock that is
required all year round (“continuity stock”) also contributed to the
improved Gross Profit Margin.
•Torpedo7 has had a number of initiatives focused on gross profit
margin as part of its turnaround. FY20 Gross Profit Margin
included incurring one off provisions of $5.3m.
•The FY21 result is a continuation of the upward trajectory since
FY17 (noting that FY20 was impacted by the first nationwide
COVID-19 lockdown) where we commenced the move to EDLP
in TWL, started price optimisation and COGS negotiations, which
has helped to drive the growth in Gross Profit Margin.
37.9%
42.5%
21.9%
22.9%
42.2%
48.3%
23.3%
37.9%
The WarehouseWarehouse
Stationery
Noel LeemingT7
FY20FY21
32.6%
33.1%
33.5%
32.6%
36.4%
FY17FY18FY19FY20FY21
17
DOING BUSINESS
•The management of costs as a proportion of Sales has been an
ongoing focus of the business, and in FY21 we delivered a
160bps improvement in this measure.
•Approximately 71% of employee expenses are related to stores,
fulfilment centres and distribution centres which have all been
managed well throughout a period of elevated sales. This
includes efficiencies in The Warehousestores from the Labour
Operating Model update, ensuring our store team members are
rostered and available when our customers want to shop, as well
as improvements in our online fulfilment.
•The move to Agile at the Store Support Office (SSO) has
enabled greater productivity at a time of significant
transformation investment, in particular in core and digital and
customer systems
•Combined Depreciation and Lease costs have declined with a
reduction of 5 stores as part of Group store footprint optimisation
and 8 SWAS integrations in FY21 bringing the total number of
SWAS to 25.
•Major components of other costs include technology costs, credit
card commission and other store costs.
Cost of Doing Business (CODB) as percentage of Sales
31.0%
29.4%
* Cost of doing business is presented before the impact of IRFS 16
17.7%
16.9%
1.8%
1.6%
4.3%
3.9%
7.2%
7.0%
FY20FY21
Other ExpenseLease Expense*
Depreciation and Amortisation Expense*Employee Expense
18
19
REPORTED RESULTS
EBITNPAT
$ million
FY21FY20FY21FY20
Adjusted Earnings
240.6 49.3 175.5 32.1
Gain on property disposals
-0.1 -0.1
Restructuring costs -Rise
-(22.0)-(15.8)
Restructuring costs -Agile
(16.1)(22.3)(11.5)(16.0)
Interest rate hedge derivatives write-off
(3.3)(6.4)(2.4)(4.6)
Brand impairment (Torpedo7)
-(2.5)-(1.8)
COVID-19 Wage subsidy
(67.6)67.6 (48.6)48.6
Adjustments for NZIFRS 16
40.6 40.9 1.4 (0.1)
Income tax relating to prior year property
disposals and building depreciation
--3.3 2.0
Reported Earnings
194.2 104.7 117.7 44.5
1.To improve the understanding of underlying business performance, the Group adjusts profit for unusual and non-trading items.
Unusual items include profits from the sale of assets and losses associated with adjustments in carrying value of assets, M&A
activity, restructuring costs and the non-cash impact of applying the NZIFRS 16 lease accounting standard.
2.The NZIFRS16 adjustment of $40.5m in FY21 (FY20 : $40.9m) represents the difference between the depreciation on Right-of-
use-Assets and old NZGAAP rent expense.
3.Adjusted Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) is before unusual itemsand is a non-GAAP measure.A reconciliation between Adjusted and
Statutory NPAT is located on slide 19and in Note 5 of the Financial Statements for the year ended 1 August 2021. 2020 Adjusted
NPAT was restated from $80.7 million to $32.1 million due to the Group repaying the Government COVID-19 wage subsidy in
December 2020. This repayment resulted in the reclassification of the initial receipt of the subsidy in March 2020 as an unusual
item. This prior year reclassification has the effect of reducing 'other income' and decreasing the 'unusual item' expense onthe
Income Statement by $67.6 million (before tax) for the year ended 2 August 2020.
•The Group has continued its transition to an Agile
way of working. The restructuring costs incurred
relate to fees paid to consultants assisting the
Group throughout the Agile transition and
additional redundancy costs connected with the
Group's restructure announced last year and
finalised in FY21 H1.
•No further restructuring costs in relation to the
Agile transition are expected.
•The wage subsidy received in March 2020 was
voluntarily repaid to the Government in December
following the strength of trade in the weeks
leading up to Christmas 2020. Both the receipt
and repayment of the wage subsidy have been
classified as unusual items.
For the year ended 1 August 2021
20
SHEET
$ million
FY21FY20Variance
Inventory
457.2393.6
63.6
Trade and other receivables
79.384.3
(5.0)
Trade and other payables
(436.6)(420.8)
(15.8)
Provisions
(97.9)(84.9)
(13.0)
Working Capital
2.0(27.8)
29.8
Fixed assets
288.7259.7
29.0
Funds Employed
290.7231.9
58.8
Tax Assets
75.290.8
(15.6)
Derivatives
5.8(26.9)
32.7
Right of Use Assets
736.5774.2
(37.7)
Goodwill and Brands
73.073.0
-
Capital Employed
1,181.21,143.0
38.2
Shareholders' equity
452.2377.1
75.1
Minority interests
(2.7)(0.8)
(1.9)
Cash
(160.5)(168.1)
7.6
Lease liabilities
892.2934.8
(42.6)
Sources of Funds
1,181.21,143.0
38.2
Book gearing
61.9%67.1%(520) bps
Liquidity
1
490.5498.1(7.6)
•The Group had a negative working capital position at the end of
FY20, largely due to a significantly lower level of inventory. At the
end of FY21, inventory has grown by $63.6m albeit remaining
below historical levels due to improvements from inventory
management initiatives.
•Increased shareholder equity was driven by profitability flowing
through to retained earnings.
•As at year end, net cash and liquidity are at a similar level to last
yearwith total banking facilities available of $330m.
•During FY21 the Group introduced a liquidity requirement of
$350m -$450m to be used to cover operating expenses when
there are periods of restricted sales.
As at 1 August 2021 (comparative 2 August 2020)
1. The Group held cash on hand of $160.5 million (2020: $168.1 million) at balance date, combined with available bank facilitiesof$330 million, providing liquidity of $490.5 million (2020:
$498.1 million).
21
MANAGEMENT
•Inventory levels remain below historical averages but have
increased year on year with FY20 inventory impacted by global
supply chain challenges as a result of COVID-19.
•Increased demand and improved inventory management has
seen Group stockturn improve from 4.4 in FY20 to 5.3 in FY21.
•Inventory management continues to be a key focus of the Group’s
transformation journey, and is now delivering tangible benefits:
oAged inventory has continued to decrease with increased
sales and controlled purchases, with aged inventory(2)
decreasing from 28.1% in FY20 to 16.1% in FY21.
oThe Group achieved further SKU reduction in the period,
with SKUs at the close of the year down 13% in WSL and
18% in TWL.
oThrough a continued focus on our EDLP strategy in The
Warehouse and reduced discounting across our other
Brands, we have reduced unprofitable sales which is
reflected in strong Gross Profit Margin % growth.
oWe have continued to improve our buying and inventory
management processes, which has helped deliver an
increase in “continuity stock” as a proportion of inventory.
Closing inventory at full year ($m)
1.The Warehouse and Warehouse Stationery are now combined due to the one
pool of stock initiative
2.Aged inventory is stock on hand greater than 6 months
Stockturn by Brand
3.59
7.34
2.01
4.28
8.56
2.78
The Warehouse &
Warehouse Stationery
Noel LeemingT7
FY20FY21
(1)
487.3
523.8
517.8
393.6
457.2
FY17FY18FY19FY20FY21
FY17FY18FY19FY20FY21
22
FLOW
$ million
FY21FY20Variance
Trading EBITDA
1
430.4 244.9
185.5
Working Capital
(31.0)197.6
(228.6)
Restructuring costs
(16.1)(38.7)
22.6
Wage subsidy
(67.6)67.6
(135.2)
Taxes Paid
(32.1)(19.9)
(12.2)
Interest Paid (Lease interest)
2
(37.9)(46.6)
8.7
Other items
1.6 3.1
(1.5)
Operating Cash Flow
247.3 408.0
(160.7)
Capital Expenditure
(83.2)(64.5)
(18.7)
Divestments –PPE
0.212.0
(11.8)
Lease principal repayments
(99.4)(83.8)
(15.6)
Close out derivatives
(9.8)-
(9.8)
Dividends Received
0.3 0.1
0.2
Dividends Paid
(62.4)(27.9)
(34.5)
Other
(0.5)0.4
(0.9)
Net Cash Flow
(7.5)386.4
(393.9)
Opening Net Cash / (Debt)
168.1 (218.3)
386.4
Closing Net Cash
160.5 168.1
(7.6)
•Operating cash flow of $247.3m compared with $408.0m in
FY20 largely reflects strengthened profitability from trade being
offset by investment in working capital and the repayment of the
wage subsidy
•Capital expenditure cash flow increased by $18.7m to $83.2m
due to increased investment in core systems, digital and
customer systems and in our stores.
•Lease principal repayments were $15.6m more than FY20. The
Group received rent relief amounting to $8.1m from landlords in
FY20 due to temporary store closures caused by the COVID-19
pandemic. The remaining difference relates to rent increases
and payments associated with early lease terminations
•The Group was pleased to be in a position to recommence
dividends in FY21 after no dividends in FY20 due to COVID-19
uncertainty. Dividends paid in FY21 represent the interim and
special dividends of 13.0cps and 5.0cps, respectively. The
$27.9m paid in FY20 relates to the FY19 final dividend of 8.0cps.
1.Trading EBITDA represents Earnings before interest, taxation, unusual items, depreciation and amortisation.
2.Interest paid includes $38.5m (FY20: $41.1m) interest on lease liabilities. Refer to Note 10 of the Financial Statements for theyear ended 1 August 2021.
For the year ended 1 August 2021
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE
•FY21 capex was $85.0 million, compared to $63.1 million in FY20.
•The Group’s major investments in the year were developing our core
systems including ERP finance and inventory systems, Warehouse
Management System and cloud-based Master Data Management.
•Significant investment was made in customer focused digital
initiatives including the Group eCommerce platform for our brand
sites, and further development of TheMarket.com.
•Store renewals capital expenditure included the new The Warehouse,
Warehouse Stationery and Noel Leeming stores at Ormiston, the Noel
Leeming Silverdale expansion and the new T7 store in Napier.In
addition to Ormiston, seven further SWAS stores were opened during
the year including Masterton, Lyall Bay, Whanganui, Oamaru,
Riccarton, TeAwamutu and New Plymouth The Valley.
•While this is less than our guidance range of $100-120 million, this is
significantly higher than annual capital expenditure over the past five
years, as we invest in operational change and invest in growth areas
of the business.
•We expect capital expenditure in FY22 to be in the range of $115
million to $135 million andto remain at this level for the coming years.
Core Systems$ 20.8m
Digital and customer$ 17.7m
Store Renewals$ 13.7m
Supply Chain$ 4.9m
Other$27.9m
Total Capital Expenditure$85.0m
24.5%
20.8%
16.2%
5.7%
32.8%
Capex
Spend
$85.0m
23
24
Torpedo7
$158.7m
The
Warehouse
$1,804.9m
Noel
Leeming
$1,128.2m
Warehouse
Stationery
$274.6m
The
Warehouse
$187.6m
$132.7m
Other
1
$48.2m
SUMMARY
FY21 Operating Profit
5.8%11.7%2.2%22.2%
Noel
Leeming
$64.9m
$30.7m
Warehouse
Stationery
$34.3m
$16.8m
Torpedo7
$3.3m
$21.0m
Other
2
$(28.8m)
$4.0m
Total Group
$240.6m
$191.3m
17.7%
TheMarket
1
$(20.7)m
$5.9m
All brands reported record full year operating profit in FY21
25
52.9%
8.0%
33.1%
4.6%
1.4%
FY21 Group Sales
$3,414.6m
1.TheMarketincludes 1-day.
2.Other items in Adjusted operating profit include corporate costs and other unallocated overheads.
For the year ended 1 August 2021
26
•Sales in FY21 were up 5.8% against FY20. H1 was up 3.0% despite the
Auckland Region experiencing 18.5 days of COVID-19 lockdown in
August 2020, when stores were unable to trade. H2 was up 9.2%,
primarily due to the impact of COVID-19 in the prior comparative period.
•Online sales have continued to grow in FY21 increasing by 4.8%
compared to the prior period, driven by Click & Collect sales growing
37.9% with the introduction of same day collection, and now making up
39.4% of online sales.
•Gross Profit % was up 430 bps, as our strong focus on managing the sell
through on seasonal product lines and increasing the proportion of our
stock that is required all year round (“continuity stock”), combined with
our move to EDLP, resulted in a decrease in clearance and promotional
activity.
•Grocery has been a standout category across the year, as well as home,
gardening and toys all achieving double digit growth.
•CODB improved by 3.0% driven by the benefits derived from the Labour
Operating Model update in stores. This has led to a 6.0% decline in Store
Labour costs, whilst also seeing improvements in customer NPS.
•Operating Profit increased 241.7% to $187.6m. Operating Profit Margin
% has grown to 10.4%, 720 bps better than FY20 and 540 bps better
than FY19.
•During the year, we closed three The Warehouse stores (Dunedin,
Whangaparaoa and Johnsonville) and opened one new store in
Ormiston, Auckland.
$millionFY21FY20Variance
Sales
1,804.91,706.0
5.8%
Gross Profit
761.7646.9
17.8%
Gross Profit Margin %
42.2%37.9%430
Cost of doing business (CODB)
574.1592.0
-3.0%
CODB %
31.8%34.7%(290)
Operating Profit
187.654.9
241.7%
Operating Profit Margin %
10.4%3.2%720
Stores
9092
(2)
•Warehouse Stationery continued to build on the momentum established in
previous years, delivering yet another record result in FY21.
•Sales were up 2.2% on the prior period, with strong growth in transactions
(instore and online) up 10% helping to offset a decline in average basket
size compared to FY20.
•Gross Profit increased 15.9% to $132.5m, through higher sales volumes
and a 580 bps improvement in Gross Profit Margin, as we continue to
benefit from a decrease in aged inventory and clearance activity.
•Operating Profit increased 96.0% to $34.3m, with Operating Profit Margin
improving a significant 600 bps to 12.5%.
•Office Furniture was the standout category in Sales, benefiting from
strong demand as a result of Kiwis being required to work and study from
home, with improved stock levels also helping to drive sales in this key
category.Print & copy centre and arts & crafts categories also
experienced strong growth.
•Online sales held flat compared to prior year, as we cycled throughthe
anniversary of the first lockdown (March to May 2020). Customers have
increasingly embraced Click & Collect with sales increasing 64.4%,
making up 22.5% of Online sales.
•During FY21 we closed two Warehouse Stationery stores (Henderson and
Hornby) and opened one new store in Ormiston, Auckland.
•A total of 8 SWAS integrations were implemented in FY21 –Masterton,
Lyall Bay, Whanganui, Oamaru, Riccarton, TeAwamutu, Ormiston and
New Plymouth The Valley –bringing the total to 25.
27
* Includes 25 SWAS integrations. 6 integrations implemented in FY21 H1 and 2
integrations implemented in FY21 H2.
$ millionFY21FY20Variance
Sales
274.6 268.8
2.2%
Gross Profit
132.5 114.4
15.9%
Gross Profit Margin %
48.3%42.5%580
Cost of doing business (CODB)
98.2 96.9
1.4%
CODB %
35.8%36.0%(20)
Operating Profit
34.3 17.5
96.0%
Operating Profit Margin %
12.5%6.5%600
Stores *
70 71
(1)
For the year ended 1 August 2021
28
$millionFY21FY20Variance
Sales
1,128.2 1,010.0
11.7%
Gross Profit
262.7 221.1
18.8%
Gross Profit Margin %
23.3%21.9%140
Cost of doing business (CODB)
197.8 186.9
5.8%
CODB %
17.5%18.5%(100)
Operating Profit
64.9 34.2
89.9%
Operating Profit Margin %
5.8%3.4%240
Stores
71 74
(3)
•Noel Leeming delivered another record year in both sales and Operating
Profit, with sales exceeding $1.1bn for the first time and Operating Profit
growing by 89.9% to $64.9m.
•Sales growth continued the strong momentum seen in FY21 H1, reporting
full year sales growth of 11.7% versus FY20.
•Online shopping has established itself as a significant channel for Noel
Leeming. While online sales decreased 6.4%, as we cycled through the
anniversary of the first lockdown (March to May 2020), online sales
remained above 10% of total sales, which is almost double pre-pandemic
levels. Customers continue to embrace our 1 Hour Click & Collect offer,
with Click & Collect Sales increasing by 9.3% to 62.0% of OnlineSales.
•Our Business to Business (Commercial) division, known as “TWG
Business”, continued its positive growth trajectory and recorded double
digit year on year sales growth.
•Top performing categories, all of which had double digit sales growth,
included: Appliances, Audio Visual and Smart Tech.
•Gross Profit Margin % was 140 bps higher at 23.3%, reflecting a shift in
the sales mix towards higher margin products. Together with improved
operational efficiencies, being reflected in a reduction of 100 bps in the
CODB % (to Sales). This underpinned a full year Operating Profit increase
of $30.7m (or 89.9%) with Operating Profit Margin % growing 240 bps to
5.8%.
•During FY21, we closed four Noel Leeming stores (Tokoroa, Hunters
Plaza, Morrinsville and Manukau Westfield) and opened one new store in
Ormiston.
For the year ended 1 August 2021
$millionFY21FY20Variance
Sales
158.7129.9
22.2%
Gross Profit
60.229.7
102.3%
Gross Profit Margin %
37.9%22.9%1,500
Cost of doing business (CODB)
56.947.4
19.9%
CODB %
35.8%36.5%(70)
Operating Profit
3.3(17.7)
118.6%
Operating Profit Margin %
2.1%(13.6%)1,570
Stores
2120
1
Torpedo7 financial results (FY21 and FY20 comparatives) include Torpedo7 only and exclude
1-day which are now included in TheMarketresults in the Group financial statements.
•Sales increased 22.2% in FY21 through accelerated online and store
sales particularly in H1.There was a strong customer response to
increased targeted media and refreshed instore campaigns, supported
by favourable domestic tourism.
•Torpedo7 experienced strong online sales growth in FY21, up 18.6% on
prior period influenced by change in consumer behaviour post COVID-19
lockdowns.
•Customers embraced Torpedo7 Click & Collect service with these sales
increasing 26.1% and making up 43.1% of online sales.
•Gross Profit increased 102.3% to $60.2m with FY20 impacted by one off
provisions of $5.3m. GM% growth was driven by strategic initiatives
which improved margins and reduced discounting.
•CODB has improved as a percentage of sales by 70 bps on the prior
period with efficiencies gained across supply chain and store labour.
•The number of Torpedo7 stores increased to 21 with Napier store which
opened in FY21 Q3.
•FY21 Operating Profit of $3.3m is a significant improvement compared to
Operating loss of $17.7m in FY20.
For the year ended 1 August 2021
29
30
FY22
•FY22 sales for the first 8 weeks of the financial year were down 22% compared to the same period in
FY21.Despite the year starting positively, New Zealand went into a country wide Level 4 COVID-19
lockdown on 18 August –2.5 weeks into the financial year.
•Sales have traded broadly in line with expectations at the different lockdown levels we have experienced
since the start of the financial year.
•Given cash and available facilities on entering lockdown, the Group has not applied for the Government
wage subsidy.The Group announced early in the lockdown that it would pay team members in full until
the end of September, to provide certainty to our people.
•Given the moves of south of Auckland to Level 3 on 31 August and north of Auckland to Level 3 on 2
September, limited capital management initiatives have been employed.
•The Group’s cash deposits have reduced significantly since balance date as a result of the decreased
sales but the Group’s bank debt facilities remain undrawn.
•The Board is pleased to announce a fully imputed final dividend of 17.5 cents per share.The final
dividend has been declared on the assumption that New Zealand is predominately at Level 2 from the
end of October. The record date for the dividend will be 18 November 2021 and will be paid on 3
December 2021.
•The Group has prepared for the potential for further significant lockdowns and has therefore maintained
a robust capital position.
31
This presentation may contain forward looking statements
and projections. There can be no certainty of the outcome
and projections involve known and unknown risks,
uncertainties, assumptions and other important factors
that could cause the actual outcomes to be materially
different from the events or results expressed or implied
by such statements and projections.
While all reasonable care has been taken in the
preparation of this presentation, The Warehouse Group
Limited does not make any representation, assurance or
guarantees as to the accuracy or completeness of any
information in this presentation. The forward-looking
statements and projections in this report reflect views
held at the date of this presentation.
Except as required by applicable law or any applicable
Listing Rules, the Relevant Persons disclaim any
obligation or undertaking to update any information in this
presentation.
A number of non-GAAP financial measures are used in
this presentation. You should not consider any of these in
isolation from, or as a substitute for, the information
provided in the audited financial statements, which are
available at www.thewarehousegroup.co.nz.
This presentation does not constitute investment advice,
or an inducement, recommendation or offer to buy or sell
any securities in The Warehouse Group Limited.
32
DISCLAIMER
TermDefinitionTermDefinition
C&CClick & CollectNIDCNorth Island Distribution Centre
CODBCost of Doing BusinessNIFCNorth Island Fulfilment Centre
COGSCost of Goods SoldNLNoel Leeming
DCDistribution CentreOMSOrder Management System
DIFOTDelivered In-Full On-TimeOMUOperating Model Update
E2EEnd-to-EndPOSPoint-of-Sale
EDLPEvery Day Low PriceSIDCSouth Island Distribution Centre
ELSExecutive Leadership SquadSSOStore Support Office
eNPSEmployee Net Promotor ScoreSSSSame Store Sales
FCFulfilment CentreSWASStore-Within-a-Store
GBOGroup Business OperationsTWLThe Warehouse
GEPGroup eCommerce PlatformWALTWeighted Average Lease Tenure
GMVGross Merchandise ValueWMSWarehouse Management System
LTVLifetime ValueWSWarehouse Stationery
MDMMaster Data Management
GLOSSARY
33
---
To: NZX Limited
Auckland, 29 September 2021
The Warehouse Group FY21 annual result announcement
Key points:
• Group sales were $3.4b, up 7.6% compared to FY20
• Reported Net Profit After Tax attributable to shareholders of $117.7m, up 164.6% from $44.5m in
FY20
• Adjusted Net Profit After Tax of $175.5m, up from $32.1m
• Group online sales of $393.1m, up 5.0% on last year and making up 11.5% of total Group Sales
• Declared a final dividend of 17.5 cents per share
The Warehouse Group Limited (“the Group”) today announced a record result for the full year
ended 1 August 2021. The Group delivered sales of $3.4b, up 7.6% on FY20. Reported NPAT was
$117.7m, up from $44.5m, an increase of 164.6% on the prior year.
The FY21 financial year illustrated material progress for the Group, with the Agile business model
operating effectively to meet changing customer needs in a period of COVID-19 led uncertainty.
The increase in online shopping continued to grow with sales of $393.1m, up 5.0% on last year and
accounted for 11.5% of total Group Sales. Sales that were fulfilled via Click & Collect were up 21.1%
compared to the previous year, including 37.9% growth for The Warehouse brand and 9.3% growth
in Click & Collect at Noel Leeming driven by the introduction of one hour Click & Collect.
The Warehouse Group Chair Joan Withers said the year-end results have exceeded expectations and
show a sustained and deliberate focus on a customer led strategy.
The Group’s Adjusted Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) was $175.5m – up from $32.1m the prior year,
after excluding unusual items including the $67.6m wage subsidy repayment and $16.1m of
restructuring expenses (before tax).
“Pent up demand after lockdowns, strong operational performance and a robust financial position
enabled the Group to repay the COVID-19 wage subsidy of $67.6m for our 11,000 employees in
December 2020,” said Withers. The wage subsidy repayment resulted in a restatement of FY20
figures.
Gross profit margin has been a key driver in profitability, with gross profit margin of 36.4% compared
to 32.6% in the prior year. Across the Group’s brands, this was driven by better sell through rates
requiring lower clearance and promotional activity alongside the continued execution of the
Everyday Low Pricing (EDLP) strategy at The Warehouse.
Group Chief Executive Nick Grayston said “We are very proud of the FY21 outcome particularly the
resilience shown by our team members, who continued to deliver through another year of COVID-19
related disruption, particularly during the 28.5 days of Auckland lockdown last August and in
February and March this year.
“Our culture and mindset and our teams’ expertise have enabled the business to react swiftly in
response to COVID-19 alert level changes, including the closing and reopening of stores and the
move to Click & Collect almost overnight. The same is true of this most recent lockdown period
which has occurred post year end, and we thank our team members for their significant
contributions during challenging times.
“FY21 has given us further confidence that our customer-led strategy is the right one. We are seeing
the benefits of our transformation programme and we are part way through significant digital
investment to improve legacy systems and set ourselves up to give our teams and customers an
even better experience.
“During the year we introduced a new mobile-first Group eCommerce platform with The Warehouse
the first brand to be migrated, and with other brands following in FY22. The change will make our
mobile apps and websites easier to use for our customers, while providing for greater performance
and innovation from our team. This investment allowed us to be able to pivot quickly to the
requirement to trade essentials and non-essentials in split lockdown levels within the current
restrictions.
“We are in the process of upgrading our Enterprise Resource Planning system for finance and
inventory which will further enable the ability for our customers to shop seamlessly across our
brands and channels,” said Grayston.
During the year a focus on inventory management enabled us to drive a reduction in our aged
inventory as a percentage of inventory across the Group, from 28.1% in FY20 to 16.1% in FY21.
Initiatives focused on the Cost of Doing Business (CODB) helped us achieve a reduction as a
percentage of sales to 29.4% (31.0% in FY20), however, CODB overall increased by $15.2m. This
includes a decision to pay our people in full through lockdowns and to reward their efforts in FY21,
we issued a cash bonus totalling $8.7m to all permanent full and part time team members in August
($1,000 to full time and $500 to part time).
The pandemic continues to cause disruption to international freight movement with a shortage of
shipping containers to carry manufactured goods from source to destination, an issue for global
supply chains. While this will cause some delays, overall, we are expecting to be in a better position
than last Christmas and our offshore in-country teams have worked with our vendors to ensure that
we prioritise key stock for our customers.
“Sustainability remains a focus with significant progress made to increase the number of products
we sell, now with over 11,500 products across our ranges with at least one sustainable feature. We
sold around 20 million of these items during the year.
We have been able to direct 77.9% of operational waste from landfill, reduced Scope 1 and 2
emissions by 2.7% and reduced total emissions by 6.4% since FY19 (being the most recent year
unaffected by COVID-19).
“Our work with communities and causes impacting New Zealanders continued with $4.3m raised to
support causes such as tackling family violence, period equity and encouraging healthy homes,” said
Grayston.
Our ambition to increase diversity continued with an increase in female leaders from 39.1% to 44.4%
and the introduction of Brain Badge for our neurodiverse employees.
The Warehouse sales increased 5.8%, to $1.8bn. Online sales increased by 4.8% and now represents
6.3% of total sales, driven by Click & Collect, where sales grew 37.9% aided by the introduction of
same day collection. Reflecting pandemic trends with New Zealanders staying home, The Warehouse
saw lifts in homewares and DIY categories. Gross Profit Margin in The Warehouse increased 430
basis points.
Noel Leeming sales increased 11.7% with Gross Profit Margin increasing by 140 basis points. Key
categories for the year include appliances, audio visual and smart tech with double digit growth. The
Group’s commercial division (TWGB) also achieved double digit growth, mainly driven by Noel
Leeming Group.
Warehouse Stationery continued to build on the momentum on prior year's sales, achieving growth
of 2.2% with Gross Profit Margin increasing by 580 basis points. Online sales were flat at 10.3% of
total sales but showed growth in Click & Collect fulfilment of +64.4%.
Torpedo7 sales increased 22.2% to $158.7m from $129.9m in FY20. Gross Profit Margin was up 1500
basis points delivering an operating profit of $3.3m versus an operating loss of $17.7m in FY20.
Online sales grew from 18.4% to 28.8% of total sales, with Click & Collect increasing by 26.1%.
The Market saw significant range and audience growth supported by an increase in purchase
frequency. Registered users increased 298% and audience sessions increased 138%.
Chair Joan Withers said, “This stronger than expected trading performance enabled the Board to
declare a special dividend of 5.0 cents per share in February 2021, an interim dividend of 13.0 cents
per share in April 2021 and a final dividend of 17.5 cents per share. This brings the total dividends for
the year to 35.5 cents per share declared, and a pay-out ratio of 70.2% of adjusted net profit. The
final dividend, to be paid on 3 December 2021, has been declared on the basis that New Zealand is
predominantly at Level 2 or below from the end of October 2021.
The Group revised its liquidity policy in response to last year’s COVID-19 pandemic and now
operates to a target liquidity range of between $350m to $450m. Strong cashflows ensured we
closed the FY21 financial year with cash on hand of $160.5m compared to $168.1m at the end of
FY20. Unutilised committed bank facilities of $330m, plus cash on hand, provided total liquidity of
$490.5m at year end.
More information about The Warehouse Group’s result, financial performance by brand, strategy
and operations can be found in the 2021 Annual Report, available at
www.thewarehousegroup.co.nz.
ENDS
Contact details regarding this announcement:
Investors and Analysts: Jonathan Oram, Chief Financial Officer
To be contacted via Kim Russell +64 9 488 3285 or +64 21 452 860
kim.russell@thewarehouse.co.nz
Media: Jordan Schuler, Corporate Affairs Partner +6421 143 6930
media.enquiries@thewarehouse.co.nz
---
Here for
good
The Warehouse Group
Integrated Annual Report 2021
2
The Warehouse Group
CONTENTS
4-5
2021 At a Glance
28-29
Integrated Report
16-17
Our Ecosystem
18-23
Our Brands
24-27
Environment, Sustainability
& Ethical Sourcing
31
Risk & Materiality
8-10
Chair's Report
6-7
Chair & CEO update
11-13
CEO’s Report
14-15
Our Purpose,
Vision & Values
3
Integrated Annual Report 2021
46-49
Our Environment
44-45
Financial Capital
40-43
Our People
51-55
Financial Statements
73-77
Independent Auditor’s Report
56-72
Notes to Financial Statements
78-79
Annual 5 Year Summary
8-3
Governance Report
94-102
Statutory Disclosures
103-106
Global Reporting Initiative Disclosures
107
Directory
32-33
Our Networks
38-39
Our Relationships
36-37
Our Customers
4
The Warehouse Group
At a glance
of total Group sales
up 5.0% on last
year and making up
Online
sales
11.5%
2021 AT 2021 AT
A A GLANCE
$160.5M
Group sales
Reported
N PAT
Adjusted NPAT
Reported
N PAT
up from $32.1m
in prior year
1
at year-end
Net cash
$3.4B
$117.7M
$393.1M
$175.5M
up 7.6% on last year
up from $44.5m in
prior year (up 164.6%)
21.1%
3M
growth in Click
& Collect sales
per week to our
sites and apps
2M
customer store visits
per week
DIGITAL
VISITS
over
1
5
Integrated Annual Report 2021
2 .7%
44.4%
and reduced total
emissions by 6.4%
since FY19
2
of senior
leadership roles
Increased female
senior leaders to
Carbon neutral since 2019
Reduced Scope 1 & 2
emissions by
1. FY20 Adjusted NPAT was restated from $80.7 million to $32.1 million due to the Group repaying the Government COVID-19 wage subsidy in December 2020. This repayment
resulted in the reclassification of the initial receipt of the subsidy in March 2020 as an unusual item. This prior year reclassification has the effect of reducing ‘other income’
and decreasing the ‘unusual item’ expense on the Income Statement by $67.6 million (before tax) for the year ended 2 August 2020.
2. FY20 was considered to be an unusual year given 7 weeks of COVID-19 lockdown and reduced operations.
Overproducts
carried a sustainable feature, accounting
for over $176 million in sales
raised for New Zealand
charities and communities
11,500
$4.3M
77.9%
We have diverted
(up from 76.7% in FY20)
of operational
waste from landfills
The Warehouse,
Noel Leeming &
TheMarket.com
apps in Top 10
shopping apps
in New Zealand
10
To p
6
The Warehouse Group
"We have remained
true to our strategy
and lived our values
by putting customers
first, doing good for
our people and planet,
and delivering on what
we said we would do."
CHAIR &
CHIEF EXECUTIVE
UPDAT E S
Joan Withers
Chair, The Warehouse Group
7
Integrated Annual Report 2021
"We are building an
ecosystem which allows
customers to be recognised
and rewarded however and
whenever they choose to
interact with us."
Nick Grayston
CEO, The Warehouse Group
8
The Warehouse Group
Staying on course
In a year buffeted by the disruption of a global pandemic and the
rollout of a national vaccination programme, The Warehouse Group
has stayed on course.
We have remained true to our strategy and lived our values by
putting customers first, doing good for our people and planet,
and delivering on what we said we would do.
During the 2021 financial year (FY21), we have made material progress
while also embracing the disciplines required to become an agile
business and operate effectively within a changing environment.
The Warehouse Group is the first major retailer to adopt and
implement the agile framework to improve performance. By steadily
enhancing the ways we conduct our business we have been able to
act for the good of our customers, communities, people and investors
in an era of uncertainty, upheaval and isolation.
Our culture and mindset and our teams’ expertise have enabled the
business to open and shut stores and move to Click & Collect almost
overnight during the first wave of COVID-19 alert level changes.
And now again, subsequent to year end we have had to adapt as the
country reverted to Level 4 lockdown.
Agile is not an easy journey – and I want to give full credit to all our
people for having the bravery and stamina to meet the challenge of
such fundamental change.
The execution of the strategy has gone to plan and it is heartening
to now see the benefits of the decision we took in 2017 to transform
our business by striving to build New Zealand’s most sustainable,
convenient and customer-first company.
Four years ago, we would not have anticipated the record results
we have achieved in FY21. There is no doubt that the Group has
benefitted from the changes to the way New Zealanders now live,
work and shop. Some of that change was driven by COVID-19
but there has undoubtedly been a shift in behaviours that will be
significant and enduring.
COVID-19 was a causative component of our results for the last
financial year and we were able to capitalise on the tailwinds arising
from border closures and restricted international travel to the fullest
extent because of the transformation journey we have been on.
However that is not the whole story of FY21 and the fundamental
changes we have made in the business are undoubtedly providing
significant benefit. Our increasing competency in data utilisation,
and ability to understand and meet customers’ product and service
needs much better than we did in the past have contributed to
margin improvement. Alongside this, our focus on defining the future
CHAIR'S
REPORT
customer experience, the continued execution of Every Day Low
Pricing in The Warehouse and reduced discounting across other
brands positioned us to catch the rising wave of in-store and online
retail demand amplified by the impacts of COVID-19.
People are now much more used to shopping remotely. The significant
investment in our digital future and a quality customer experience has
delivered material returns as people embraced services such as Click &
Collect, which grew 21.1% year-on-year.
Financial performance across the Group was strong, and the sales
growth at Torpedo7 in particular merits a call out – up 22.2% on last
year, a testament to the execution of the growth strategies put in
place by the team as well as the way Kiwis have pursued cycling,
water sports and other outdoor activities locally instead of
holidaying offshore.
Two years after the launch of TheMarket.com, our investment in this
platform has been vindicated as more and more Kiwis shop from a
screen. TheMarket.com’s growth during FY21 includes almost 397,000
active customers and over 50,000 Market Club members.
We started our strategic and operational transformation back in 2017
and our FY21 results further strengthen our resolve and confidence in
our course of travel.
The results
Our adjusted net profit after tax (NPAT) was $175.5m, up from
$32.1m last year, with reported NPAT being $117.7m - a record for
The Warehouse Group.
Strong operational performance, sustained sales momentum
and a robust financial position enabled the Group to repay the
Government COVID-19 wage subsidy of $67.6m for our 11,000
employees in December 2020.
We could not have delivered such a lift in profitability without the
improvements our teams have made in our stores, distribution and
fulfilment centres, our Store Support Office and to our digital platform.
The fact that we did this during a year which started with Auckland
entering Level 3 lockdown for two weeks on 12 August is a testament
to the resilience of our people and our business. As I write this, post
financial year end, the country is once again in Level 4 lockdown and
Nick Grayston, the executive leadership squad and our entire team
are responding to the challenges and opportunities we again face.
On virtually all of our key measures, The Warehouse Group has made
significant strides year-on-year. Total retail sales increased from $3.2b
to $3.4b, and operating margin has risen from 1.6% to 7.0%.
Chair’s ReportChair’s Report
9
Integrated Annual Report 2021
CHAIR'S
REPORT
Reported net profit attributable to shareholders for the year was
$117.7m, compares to $44.5m last year.
Capital management
As I noted previously, reported work undertaken 18 months ago in
terms of balance sheet management continues to assist us with our
capital management.
We are comfortable with our capital structure and continue to focus
on ensuring that we have the required liquidity for the Group and
that we are able to reward our shareholders with a sustainable and
coherent dividend policy.
In the current uncertain economic environment the Group considers
it appropriate to maintain high levels of liquidity. Our undrawn bank
debt facilities of $330m, together with cash on hand at year end
provide a liquidity buffer of $490.5m.
The new policy is to distribute at least 70% of the Group's full year
adjusted net profit, at the discretion of the Board and subject to
trading performance, market conditions and liquidity requirements.
This dividend policy provides the Group with flexibility to maintain
a stable capital structure, allowing for capital expenditure to invest
for future growth, and progressive and sustainable dividends.
In accordance with this new policy the Board declared a fully
imputed FY21 interim dividend of 13.0 cents per ordinary share paid
on 22 April 2021.
The Board is pleased to announce a fully imputed final dividend of
17.5 cents per share. The final dividend has been declared on the
basis that New Zealand is predominantly at Alert Level 2 or below
from the end of October 2021. The record date for the dividend will
be 18 November 2021 and will be paid on 3 December 2021.
Sustainable and affordable
Our customers increasingly expect that businesses with which
they interact have a transparent and measurable commitment to
sustainability.
The Warehouse Group aspires to be New Zealand’s most sustainable
retailer and is implementing initiatives in three focus areas: people,
products and planet.
Through efforts including ethical sourcing, reduction in packaging
and plastics, and prioritising sustainable products and materials, our
brands now offer over 11,500 products with sustainable attributes –
up from 6,000 a year ago.
We are working with community organisations such as The Salvation
Army, Plunket, and Women’s Refuge and taking leadership positions
on issues such as reducing family violence, period poverty, supporting
diversity, and helping to equip hundreds of vulnerable Kiwi children
with much needed back to school essentials.
During FY21 we established a board committee which oversees our
governance of environmental, social and sustainability issues. The
company achieved carbonzero status back in FY19, and right from the
time our founder Sir Stephen Tindall opened the first The Warehouse
store back in 1982, we have had a strong focus on sustainability. The
Board is committed to understanding and implementing ways we can
fulfil our obligations to stakeholders as greater expectations and a
requirement for more transparency around Environmental and Social
Governance (ESG) unfold.
I am incredibly proud of these and the many other initiatives
detailed elsewhere in this report that demonstrate a commitment
to sustainability and action.
Board activity
We have continued to refresh the Board, following the retirement
of Sir Stephen Tindall and Keith Smith last year.
In February we appointed Rachel Taulelei as a non-executive
director. Rachel has unique commercial experience as chief
executive of large operational locally owned businesses, including
co-founding business design and brand strategy firm, Oho and at
Kono, a top 100 New Zealand food and beverage company. She was
also founder of Yellow Brick Road which specialises in direct seafood
supply into restaurants.
"Our culture and
mindset and our teams'
expertise have enabled
the business to open
and shut stores and
move to Click & Collect
almost overnight during
COVID-19 alert level
changes."
Capital expenditure has risen on the prior year, with increased spend
on customer-facing digital and core system initiatives including
the Group eCommerce platform and enterprise resource planning
systems for finance and inventory.
FY21 capex spend was $85m, lower than initially budgeted, but
higher than the average last three years of $65m.
Dividend policy
The Board took a cautious approach to cash preservation in FY20
due to COVID-19 and the resultant operational uncertainty. We
made the difficult decision to cancel the FY20 interim dividend and
declared no FY20 final dividend.
However, following stronger than expected trading performance
in November and December 2020, the Board declared a special
dividend of five cents per share in February 2021.
The Board undertook a review of the Group dividend policy,
comparing it to market practice and other listed retailers, and taking
into account current and forecast Group operational cash flow,
forecast capital expenditure and liquidity requirements.
Directors approved a new dividend policy in March 2021.
10
The Warehouse Group
Rachel also has strong credentials leading business councils
and in non-executive directorships with particular expertise in
primary industries.
She currently chairs the APEC Business Advisory Council and was
a member of the Prime Minister’s Business Advisory Council.
Rachel’s broad-ranging experience adds an important skillset to our
Board and complements the skills of existing directors. (Please refer
to the Board Skills Matrix available on page 88).
Future Director Renee Mateparae attended her final meeting in
September. The Board has valued her contribution very highly and
her expert knowledge of agile structures and processes gained
through her leadership role at Spark. She has been highly committed
to her Future Director role, and we have thoroughly enjoyed having
Renee at the board table.
Chairs Report
"The Group has
traded well through
the turbulence of
FY21. However, the
COVID-19 environment
continues to evolve and
it would be premature
to anticipate a return
to full normality
in FY22."
Our new Future Director is Caroline Rainsford. Caroline is currently
the Country Director for Google NZ, a role she has held since 2017.
Prior to this, she was the Marketing and Product Director for Latitude
NZ as well as the Brand Director for the Australian and New Zealand
region, with her earlier career including roles with Philips Royal
Electronics in the Middle East, Turkey and Africa.
I am delighted to welcome Caroline as our latest Future Director.
The Warehouse Group remains committed to the scheme and we
have derived enormous benefit from the various incumbents we have
had sitting around the table for the past seven years.
I attended our Investor Day in May – the first since 2017 – and was
heartened by the engagement of the attendees and their interest
in the Group. It was a good opportunity to update investors on the
progress achieved over the past four years and provide a deeper
understanding of our strategy.
Following last year’s Board performance review we have undertaken
a couple of 'pulse checks' with our external provider to monitor
progress on the areas we identified for improvement in the full
performance assessment.
The Board will be asking shareholders at our upcoming Annual Meeting
for an increase to Directors’ Fees. The last increase was in 2013 and
we have based our request on an independent report on comparator
companies and after canvassing a number of key shareholders on their
view of a proposed increment to the existing fees.
The year ahead
Uncertainty remains the dominant factor in assessing the year ahead.
The Group has traded well through the turbulence of FY21. However,
the COVID-19 environment continues to evolve – and it would be
premature to anticipate a return to full normality in FY22.
While New Zealand’s economy strengthened post the initial
COVID-19 lockdowns of 2020, the recent closure of the trans-Tasman
bubble, the impact of the Delta variant on one of our most important
trading partners and most latterly the incursion of the Delta variant
to New Zealand shores are yet to play out in terms of repercussions
on the retail and wider business sectors.
The sustainability of heightened consumer retail spending levels, the
impacts of catastrophic climate-related events, constraints on global
supply chains, and lack of clarity about the global roadmap out of
COVID-19 restrictions are among the factors that will challenge
The Warehouse Group in the year ahead.
We have demonstrated agility and courage in FY21 – and the record
result is a tribute to Nick Grayston, his leadership team and all our
team members. On behalf of the Board, I thank them most sincerely.
The Board has endeavoured to provide wisdom and steady
governance oversight during the upheavals and opportunities
and, most importantly, support the exemplary response our team
has demonstrated during this global pandemic. Guiding the
transformation of a retail business of the scale and reach of
The Warehouse Group in a trading environment impacted by tight
border controls, logistical disruptions and sudden lockdowns has
placed additional demands on Directors. I thank them for their
support, their energy and commitment throughout the year.
It is pleasing to be in a position to reward our shareholders for their
forbearance last year, with a return to the payment of dividends this
year. As always, the Board values your support and looks forward to
meeting with you at our Annual Shareholders Meeting in November.
Joan Withers – Chair
11
Integrated Annual Report 2021
CEO'S
REPORT
"The 2021 financial
year tested our ability
to adapt and flex amid
ongoing business
interruption."
More than a year after the onset of the global pandemic,
The Warehouse Group has seen the investment in the move to
agile working practices prove worthwhile by demonstrating that
it can innovate, adapt and deliver the services Kiwis need in the
context of massive disruption.
While New Zealand united around a strategy to keep COVID-19 out,
our teams aligned around a business strategy to fulfil customers’
demands for frictionless convenience.
Our strategic priorities - to build a customer ecosystem, define
the future customer experience and excel in retail fundamentals –
became magnified by the radically altered retail environment in
which we now operate. Our combination of local assets, global
partnerships, and a strong financial position meant we were able to
grow our business and expand our capabilities to deliver solutions
for customers in a year when they relied on us more than ever.
Changes made to the way we work and the investments in our future
have been guided by a core imperative: knowing what our customers
want and delivering it so that shopping with us is easier and more
rewarding than shopping with anyone else.
Refining our ways of working
Following a record half-year profit the business maintained its
momentum, achieving a 7.6% increase in sales revenue which
contributed to gross profit increasing 20% to $1.2b compared to
the prior year.
The 2021 financial year tested our ability to adapt and flex amid
ongoing business interruption.
In August 2020, we formalised our move to becoming a business
guided by agile principles within our Store Support Office, enabling
us to further strengthen our focus on anticipating and meeting
New Zealanders’ needs, however and whenever they choose to
shop with us.
As the first major retailer to go agile, there was no blueprint. We had
to make some compromises and manage our way through a lot of
unknowns. As a result, some pockets of historic inefficiencies and
old ways of doing things remained. We are now addressing these by
re-examining what constitutes 'must-do' and discretionary activities
by a process of 'zero-basing' the work. This is ongoing work that will
support our stated goal of becoming New Zealand’s most sustainable,
convenient and customer-first company.
In our stores, it was a year of implementing standardised processes
and adjusting the deployment of team members. In The Warehouse,
we changed the rostering and tasks of our teams so we had team
members on the shop floor when customers needed them most: in
the weekends and evenings.
In October 2020, after a period of consultation, about 750 roles
became redundant following a Group restructure.
That was tough for everyone – those who departed as well as those
who remained.
Since then, however, we have seen the employee net promoter score
(NPS) in our stores rise significantly, and it has been pleasing to see
that customer NPS has also increased over that time.
Building our ecosystem
We have started to deliver an ambitious programme of infrastructural
and technological innovation required to enable The Warehouse Group’s
ability to do good for all our stakeholders and excel for our customers.
We are building an ecosystem which allows customers to be
recognised and rewarded however and whenever they choose to
interact with us.
Part of our competitive moat is the physical locations that we have all
around New Zealand with most Kiwis no more than 20 minutes from
one of our stores.
As COVID-19 lockdowns restricted shopping behaviour, we ramped up
one-day Click & Collect at The Warehouse and scaled one-hour Click
& Collect at Noel Leeming.
Additionally, we accelerated our 'store-within-a-store' (SWAS) model,
integrating a further eight The Warehouse and Warehouse Stationery
stores. We will continue to co-locate our brands where it makes sense
to do so, while also investing over the next two years in renovating
approximately 40 stores in order to improve the omni-channel
shopping experience.
While it is unlikely that our total footprint will grow, there will be
targeted new store openings. During FY21, these included becoming
part of the new Ormiston Town Centre in South Auckland, where
we opened new The Warehouse, Warehouse Stationery and Noel
Leeming stores.
Across our store brands, we recorded a 5.0% increase in online sales,
making up 11.5% of total Group sales. We plan continued technology
investment to support this ongoing change in customer behaviour.
We have delivered the re-platforming of The Warehouse website,
nearly completed the re-platforming of the Noel Leeming site and
are now looking at enhancements to our mobile apps.
12
The Warehouse Group
Our new warehouse management system has gone live in our South
Island Distribution Centre and will be activated in the North Island
Distribution Centre after Christmas.
Over the next three years we will enhance our Master Data
Management, build and deploy enterprise management systems
which tie together a multitude of business processes and enable
the flow of data between them. We will also optimise our supply
chain systems and processes to include providing more options
to flex between speed and cost of online fulfilment options for
our customers.
We are broadening the scale and scope of programmes that deepen
the connection between our brands and our customers.
In addition to growing our existing loyalty programmes -
myNoelLeeming, Torpedo7 Club, TheMarket Club, and BizRewards –
we have successfully launched an app-first loyalty programme trial in
The Warehouse. We have now confirmed the rollout of a unified loyalty
programme across the Group, to be named Market Club, which will
include both a free and a subscription offer, with subscriptions offering
unlimited free shipping on millions of items. This will evolve to integrate
all existing programmes, giving even more benefit and utility to our
customers, with the rollout starting this calendar year.
Our loyalty programmes are already benefitting New Zealanders
by linking with offers from other major brands. In September
2020, TheMarket.com and Vodafone New Zealand entered an
exclusive partnership which rewards all Vodafone customers
with a free subscription to TheMarket’s loyalty scheme and its
membership benefits.
The shift to working from home forced people to grapple with
technical and IT issues that were formerly the responsibility of
workplace experts. Our services were in huge demand, resulting in
Noel Leeming Tech Solutions revenue increasing by 42%. In addition
to expanding the use of artificial intelligence, chat bots, and digital
humans to help solve customer problems, we trained more people
to be present on the shop floor and able to provide advice backed
by deep knowledge of our products and customers, supported
by technology.
Do Good – Kia Oha
One of our core values as a leading New Zealand-owned retailer is to
do good, acting as one team that stands up for our people, our planet
and our communities.
Sustainability has become increasingly important to our customers
and shareholders.
This year we launched the Sustainable & Affordable campaign which
highlights that customers can make more sustainable choices without
products becoming prohibitively expensive.
We think about value as being the synthesis between price and
quality, with today’s customers rejecting the trade-off between
affordability and sustainability - they are asking for both.
More than 11,500 of our products now carry sustainable attributes
which include certified sustainable materials or plastic-free
packaging. We are working with recognised programme providers
such as the Better Cotton Initiative and Forestry Stewardship Council
to ensure the products we purchase are better for our planet and
our customers.
Sustainable packaging guidelines are being rolled out across all new
products to reduce unnecessary plastic usage and improve packaging
recyclability, reusability, or compostability. Our Soft Plastics Recycling
Scheme in 29 of our stores allows our customers to drop their soft
plastics into recycling bins, diverting them from landfill. We have also
launched e-waste recycling capability in 16 of our Noel Leeming stores
and will roll this out to more stores as soon as possible.
For the past 17 years, The Warehouse has had an ethical sourcing
programme in place to protect the welfare of workers in its supply chain.
(You can read more on this in our Ethical Sourcing report on our website).
With our vision to become New Zealand’s most sustainable company,
we know we have to measure up.
That’s why each year we work alongside the Carbon Disclosure Project,
a not-for-profit charity that runs the foremost global disclosure system
for investors, companies, cities, states and regions to help them
manage their environmental impacts. In December The Warehouse
Group received a score of A- for 2020, increasing from a C in 2018 and
2019. With C being the current industry, regional and global average,
receiving a rating of A- puts us in the highest category of “Leadership”,
acknowledging we are currently “implementing current best practices”
in the fight against climate change.
CEO’s Report
"We think about value
as being the synthesis
between price and
quality, with today's
customers rejecting
the trade-off between
affordability and
sustainability - they
are asking for both."
To tackle family violence further, we have partnered with charities to
address some of New Zealand’s most pressing social issues. We have
enhanced support for team members experiencing family violence by
providing 15 days’ paid leave and three nights’ accommodation as well
as an online support tool under our Family Violence is not OK platform.
As part of our effort to help remediate period inequity in New Zealand,
The Warehouse offered $1 period products and gave one pack to
charity for every 10 sold. We partnered with The Period Place to offer
a new educational hub on thewarehouse.co.nz aimed at reducing the
stigma associated with periods. The Warehouse was also successful in
being appointed as an official supplier of period products to schools
through the government programme.
During the year we supported our team members through a
variety of efforts such as counselling, wellbeing initiatives and via
The Warehouse Group Foundation we provided support for those
facing financial hardship.
Further information about the many actions and commitments made by
the Group, our brands and our teams within our evolving ESG model can
be found on pages 46 to 48.
Performance
Each of our brands contributed to our record Group profit through
sales growth, improved operating margins, rising online sales, and
substantial Click & Collect fulfilment growth.
The Warehouse sales increased 5.8% to $1.8b as we continued to
improve products and refine our offer to customers during FY21.
13
Integrated Annual Report 2021
That’s despite the Auckland region experiencing 18.5 days of COVID-19
lockdown in August 2020 when stores were unable to trade as normal,
and heightened alert levels in March and June 2021. During the August
2020 lockdown The Warehouse sales declined 17.4% year-on-year.
Warehouse Stationery continued to build on its momentum from the
prior year, benefitting from the store-within-a-store model and the
emerging hybrid work practice of splitting days between the office
and home. We delivered another record profit with sales of $274.6m,
an increase of 2.2% on last year.
Noel Leeming had a stellar year with sales growth of 11.7% to $1.1b.
The 9.3% growth in Click & Collect fulfilment with most customers
choosing our one-hour service showed the extent to which people
have gravitated to online purchases since the COVID-19 lockdowns.
Both Noel Leeming and Warehouse Stationery benefitted from our
recent inclusion in the all of government procurement panel for
office supplies and Information and Communication Technology (ICT)
consumables.
Torpedo7 was our turn-around hero with total sales increasing 22.2%
on the same period as last year to $158.7m. Simon West and the team
have worked very hard to reverse profit losses and are now reaping the
benefits of scale and improved merchandising and operations. We see
additional growth opportunities as we continue to scale the business
to achieve coverage and critical mass across New Zealand.
TheMarket.com is another growth story, now with 2.5 million available
products and over 5,300 brands from more than 800 merchants. More
than 18.6m online sessions were completed in FY21, up 138% compared
to the same period last year. We are continuing to invest in this critical
part of our ecosystem as we move towards scale.
Ready to meet challenges
The pace of modern life in the digital age means that the biggest risk
to companies is becoming anachronistic and lacking the flexibility to
respond to the ever-increasing pace of change.
COVID-19 was an accelerant for us, and made it all the more imperative
to work our way through some difficult decisions.
Pressure creates diamonds but you must have the carbon to create
them in the first place. During FY21 we saw the benefits from the
plans that we laid prior to the pandemic, and the execution that
we are now delivering.
Product improvements, building our own private label and sourcing
capabilities, and price optimisation have all enabled us to extract
more value as well as manage costs.
We are now being rewarded for many of the things we have been
working on since we confirmed our strategy in 2017.
We acknowledge that a buoyant market contributed to our significant
increase in profitability. COVID-19 lockdowns spurred people to focus
on the quality of their home environments which has benefitted
consumer electronics and homeware in particular.
A nearly 27% increase in New Zealand’s minimum wage since 2017
means there is more disposable income flowing into the economy
and some of that has benefitted retail.
When New Zealand reopens its borders there is the potential for growth
rates to contract. However, we have made good use of these unusual
times to get our house in order and have constrained costs where
possible to be able to protect profits in that eventuality.
We have long anticipated that an online behemoth like Amazon would
enter the local market. Although they do not have a distribution centre
here yet, they have three in Australia and are building a fourth so it’s
only a matter of time. They have formally launched in New Zealand
where they are already the third most trafficked website without a
physical presence.
It is vital that we become a modern, vigorous and competitive option
so that The Warehouse Group can retain our 11,000 people employed
within New Zealand instead of losing those jobs overseas.
Further modernisation of our supply chain will be a major focus over
the next few years. COVID-19 has created global supply challenges
and we need to stay ahead of these.
Last Christmas we reduced our focus on seasonal product and put more
effort into basic continuity product. That meant we left some business on
the table but we also reduced risk through better inventory management.
The worst case scenario is seasonal product arriving too late to sell.
A shortage of shipping containers in the right place at the right time to
carry manufactured goods from source to destination is a symptom of
the havoc the pandemic has wrought on international supply chains.
As a result, freight costs are rising which will inevitably translate into
higher prices for customers.
Issues like these will continue to challenge us. By staying true to our
strategy, we will deal with them – and I am confident we have the leadership
strength and commitment from our people to do so and prosper.
We farewelled three members of the leadership team over the course
of the year.
In October 2020 Chief Operating Officer Pejman Okhovat resigned to
take up a senior executive position with an overseas retailer. Pej joined
The Warehouse Group in 2005 and played a key role in improving
the performance of The Warehouse and Warehouse Stationery, and
enabling The Group to trade through COVID-19 during the Level 4 and
3 lockdowns in 2020.
Chief Transformation Officer Scott Newton, who led our transformation
over the past three years, also decided it was time to move on, having
made a significant contribution to reducing complexity, driving
performance improvements and strengthening The Warehouse Group’s
health and capabilities.
In September 2021 Chief Sales Officer Tim Edwards resigned. Tim has
been with the Group since 2009 in the roles of CEO Noel Leeming
and CEO Torpedo7 prior to taking on his current position. He played
a key role in the Noel Leeming brand's significant growth, achieving
over $1b in annual sales in FY20, as well as growing the Services and
Commercial businesses.
We wish Pej, Scott and Tim all the best for the future.
Our executive leadership team has continued to become leaner and
more agile. At the next leadership level we have grown our diversity
considerably with women now holding 50% of these senior roles.
A successful retail business runs on the energy, commitment and skills
of its people.
By living our values, everyone working at The Warehouse Group
brings us closer to our vision of being New Zealand’s most sustainable,
convenient and customer-led company.
I want to thank all of our team members for their resilience, dedication
and courage in embracing the changes we have made, and those we
must continue to make.
Nick Grayston – CEO
14
The Warehouse Group
Our Purpose, Vision & Values
OUR
PURPOSE
Every day, we're living our purpose by
transforming our business to exceed
our customers' expectations and have
a positive impact on our communities.
Helping Kiwis live better
every day
15
Integrated Annual Report 2021
Providing a customer-first offering
powered by data, a frictionless
on-demand shopping experience,
delivering an ethical and sustainable
performance for our shareholders.
We put the customer first in
everything we do
Think customer
Whakaarohia te kaiutu
We are one team, standing up
for our people, our planet
and our communities
Do good
Mahi i nga mahi pai
We walk the talk and
make things happen
Own it
Kia haepapa
OUR
VALUES
OUR
VISION
to build New Zealand’s
most sustainable,
convenient and
customer-first company.
16
The Warehouse Group
Our Ecosystem
OUR
ECOSYSTEM
We’re building a customer-centric ecosystem
for New Zealand that enables frictionless shopping
experiences and creates greater customer
value over time.
Our unique combination of local assets, global
partnerships and our strong financial position means
we can further scale our business by investing in
the right capabilities to serve our customers
more holistically.
We now have strong ecosystem foundations in place
with an established physical footprint and market-
leading digital assets. We have confirmed the rollout
of a unified loyalty programme across the Group as
'Market Club' and 'Market Club+', which is starting
its rollout with The Market and The Warehouse this
calendar year. We have also become a cornerstone
strategic investor in Zoom Health, the operator of
Zoom Pharmacy, because we believe together we
can make a real difference to our customers' welfare
through a shared vision to offer convenient and
affordable access to healthcare to all Kiwis.
Our efforts and innovations have already delivered
significant omni-channel capabilities across our stores,
services, supply chain, and our mobile apps and
online sites. These are already improving the customer
experience, including the expansion of range on
The Market to over 2.5m active product stock keeping
units (SKUs). We continue to invest in being sustainable
and affordable in everything we do, and this vision
underpins our ecosystem at every stage.
Further improvements will make customer shopping
journeys with our family of brands faster, easier and
more personalised through unified data, platforms
and people – while remaining focused on the
fundamentals of delivering exceptional value and
new assortments with better customer fulfilment
and payment options in store and online.
S
E
R
V
I
C
E
S
Our services help
customers and
businesses in
their daily lives
We’re focused on making our
shopping experiences easy and
seamless – in stores and online
Omni-Channel Shopping
17
Integrated Annual Report 2021
L
O
Y
A
L
T
Y
S
H
O
P
P
I
N
G
S
E
R
V
I
C
E
S
F
U
L
F
I
L
M
E
N
T
E
N
T
E
R
T
A
I
N
M
E
N
T
H
E
A
L
T
H
P
A
Y
M
E
N
T
S
P
E
O
P
L
E
D
A
T
A
O
U
R
C
U
S
T
O
M
E
R
P
L
A
T
F
O
R
M
S
We get our goods and services to
our customers, when and where
they want
Will turn
our store
and digital
traffic into
incremental
revenue
Bring it all together,
in stores and online
Delivery
Click & Collect
media
centre
media
centre
media
centre
media
centre
A
D
V
E
R
T
I
S
I
N
G
Zoom Health
With more
ways to make
their budgets
work for them
We're focused
on offering
convenient
and affordable
access to
healthcare
to all Kiwis
18
The Warehouse Group
Our Brands
OUR
STORES
252
stores across
New Zealand
(incl 25
SWAS)
Plus a leading online marketplace,
websites and mobile apps
90702171
19
Integrated Annual Report 2021
LOVE THE
EVERYDAY
FOR LESS
The Warehouse is New Zealand’s largest general
merchandise retailer with a presence in virtually
every Kiwi home and community.
Ensuring that our products and services keep pace with
the expectations of those we serve and our focus on
implementing new ways of working to meet those needs
and expectations contributed to The Warehouse’s retail
operating profit growth.
Updates to our store operating model and changes to
rosters have been successful, with team member rosters
now more closely aligned to when our customers are
shopping. Our customer and employee survey scores have
improved, showing both our customers and our team are
embracing the changes.
During the year we deployed a new picking and order
location app to better equip our team members to
efficiently fill Click & Collect orders, which have increased
37.9%. We now have dedicated Click & Collect counters
in some of our stores, conveniently located at the front to
facilitate efficient pick-ups.
Our store footprint continues to evolve, with the latest new
generation SWAS store opening in Ormiston Town Centre,
South Auckland, including a complete garden centre, a
dedicated new-look homeware range space, a full print and
copy centre and a dedicated Click & Collect counter.
Our 40-in-2 programme will see approximately 40 of our
stores nationwide refurbished and refitted with an updated
store format and fixtures and fittings, with works due to be
completed by 2023.
We are committed to becoming one of New Zealand’s most
sustainable companies while continuing to deliver great
value to our customers. Our efforts at The Warehouse – from
the location of our stores, to our ethical sourcing programme,
sustainable initiatives and community partnerships – are
moving us towards achieving this goal.
We have made significant improvements to a number of
our products, including removing plastic packaging from
our ranges and replacing with more environmentally
friendly alternatives.
During the year we expanded our soft plastics recycling
scheme to another 13 stores across our network. Since the
programme’s launch in The Warehouse stores in October
2015, close to 15.5 million individual units of soft plastic
have been collected and diverted from landfill. That equates
to nearly 70 tonnes.
Electric trucks were introduced for customer deliveries
of larger items to locations within a 220km round trip
radius from our distribution centres in Auckland, Hamilton,
Tauranga and Christchurch. We have also increased public
access to electric vehicle (EV) charging with the expansion
and upgrade of our charging station infrastructure, now
with 28 store locations nationwide.
Our team’s passion for our customers and the community
continues to be a strong driver of our support to a number
of organisations throughout the year, including Variety -
the Children’s Charity, The Salvation Army, Women’s Refuge
and Duffy’s Books in Homes.
Following the introduction of our affordable range of $1
period products, The Warehouse has teamed up with
The Period Place to launch collection boxes where
customers can donate period products directly to local
community groups to reach people in need. For every ten
sold, The Warehouse also donates a pack to its community
partners – Women’s Refuge and The Period Place. More
than 99,000 period products have been donated through
the initiative already.
Our Brands | The Warehouse
20
The Warehouse Group
Our Brands | Noel Leeming
THE AUTHORITY IN APPLIANCES,
TECHNOLOGY & SERVICES
Highlights for the year include a record operating profit of
$64.9m, record sales of $1.1b, an increase in market share,
and a lift in employee and customer satisfaction ratings.
These successes reflect a dedication to sticking to our
strategy and delivering exceptional customer service
through our high-performing, passionate experts and
end-to-end services solutions.
As a result of adapting to changing trading conditions during
COVID-19 alert levels, one-hour Click & Collect is now a
permanent offering for customers, with dedicated Click &
Collect bays at most stores making pick-up quick and easy.
We have continued to consolidate our store footprint,
closing stores at Manukau Westfield, Tokoroa, and Hunters
Plaza in Papatoetoe, and opening our innovative store at
Ormiston Town Centre in South Auckland, built on the
design of our successful Newmarket store.
Innovating for our customers is a key reason why Noel
Leeming is New Zealand’s number one consumer
electronics retailer. Our Noel Leeming services offering
continues to grow – 42% up on FY20’s services results.
Key customer experience capabilities have been unlocked
including the ability to book our Tech Solutions services
at point of sale, the introduction of a tiered capability
framework for team member development and a full team
redesign, setting up the services business for further growth
in the years ahead.
The Noel Leeming sales app provides us with a point of
Noel Leeming helps Kiwis enrich their lives through
technology. We pride ourselves on offering Kiwis
global and home brands, coupled with innovative,
world-class service.
difference in the retail environment in New Zealand – helping
customers on the shop floor, improving the overall customer
experience, showing our authority in demonstrating
technology and increasing our sales conversion.
Another step forward in innovation is the completed roll-out
of e-ticketing across all Noel Leeming stores, removing all
paper ticketing from stores. We are proud to be the first
retailer in Australasia to achieve this, enabling live pricing
in all stores. Looking ahead, the next development will be
the inclusion of live product locations on store maps for
customers through the Noel Leeming mobile app, as well
as hourly deals and competitive price reactions.
In partnership with TechCollect NZ, Noel Leeming now offers
free e-waste collection at 16 stores nationwide, with plans
for this programme to be extended across all Noel Leeming
stores. We hope this programme will help New Zealand divert
a significant amount of e-waste from landfills, and recover
precious resources to be recycled.
The Warehouse Group Business (TWGB) was formed in 2019
to allow business and commercial customers to procure
a wide range of products across our Group companies
including technology, stationery, appliances, furniture,
sporting, outdoor, apparel, FMCG and many more categories,
through one central supplier.
Since its inception, TWGB has increased the Group’s
commercial sales revenue by 24.1% and exceeded $500m
in group commercial sales. Key highlights include 5,831
lunchbox units to 214 schools participating in the Ministry
of Education school lunch programme, and 300,000 period
products distributed to schools in partnership with the
Ministry of Education.
21
Integrated Annual Report 2021
Business made easy and doing your best work are
the principles that drive Warehouse Stationery.
The brand caters to Kiwis from all walks of life who
want to stock up on business items, school supplies,
or materials for creative projects such as photography
or craft. Warehouse Stationery is a leading supplier for
small businesses in New Zealand, and has benefitted
from our recent inclusion in the All of Government
Procurement Panel for office supplies ICT (information
and communication technology) consumables.
In FY21 our retail operating profit of $34.3m increased by
to 12.5%, sales were up from $269m to $275m and Click &
Collect sales increased to 64.4%. Sales received a strong
boost from changing work habits. As more Kiwis now
work from home, they are using Warehouse Stationery to
purchase their office furniture and essentials such as ink,
paper and printers.
Our Print and Copy Centre facilities continued to show
increased demand, with Click & Collect services growing to
6% of total sales from 3% last year. The uptake of our Tech
Solutions service also grew, as more customers had to deal
with technology challenges in their home workspaces.
Throughout the year we continued to refine our
Warehouse Stationery offer by moving seven standalone
stores to within The Warehouse stores, giving customers
DO YOUR
BEST WORK
more choice under one roof. We also opened a purpose-
built store-within-a-store at Ormiston. This format has
proven to be very successful and we will continue our
store-within-a-store concept in the coming year. We plan
for another four to be moved within the first half of FY22.
Our standalone stores continue to provide our customers
with the wide variety of services and essentials they have
come to trust.
This year we further expanded our sustainable range
of products and services. These included Forest
Stewardship Certified notebooks and wheat paper
school supplies, as well as wheat photocopy paper in
our business range. We also continued our ink, toner
and drum cartridge recycling programme.
Our Warehouse Stationery team members supported a
variety of causes over the year including the Blue Shirts
in Schools programme which provides six weeks of work
experience and guidance to school students wanting to
understand more about retail as a career choice. We also
worked with The Salvation Army to equip children in need
with back-to-school essentials through our in-store Add a
Dollar campaign, which is now in its 11th year.
Our Brands | Warehouse Stationery
22
The Warehouse Group
SEE YOU
OUT THERE
Torpedo7 is one of New Zealand’s leading adventure
sports stores offering a unique selection of bikes,
outdoor equipment, water gear, clothing, snow and
fitness products and technology to guide you in
your next adventure.
Torpedo7 continues to make good progress year-on-year,
with both sales and gross profit growth, 22.2% and 102.3%
respectively.
We have succeeded in turning around our business
performance to a position the brand can profitably grow
from. Key to this success has been the rationalisation of
range and growth of Torpedo7 branded goods. Product
sourcing has moved to an in-house specialist team, focused
on developing our Torpedo7 brand of products and apparel.
Our team members are also keen outdoor enthusiasts and
avid users of the products we sell, ensuring they are well
positioned to give our customers the best and right advice
on gear for whatever outdoor activity or adventure our
customers are participating in.
Strong demand for adventures was generated by our
customers need to continue to explore, just more locally
- reawakening the realisations that we live in the world’s
best adventure playground. Proudly on a journey to a more
sustainable offering, we have removed all plastic packaging
on Torpedo7 branded bikes with packaging now being
100% cardboard. Building on that achievement, our goal in
2022 is to have 30% of our Torpedo7 branded apparel be
manufactured with recycled fibres. We have also added
low-emission lighting in stores and a 100% hybrid vehicle
fleet to our short-term sustainability goals.
In FY21 we opened a spacious new 1,200sqm store in Napier
which features a refreshed look and feel to acknowledge
the local environment. Moving forward, Torpedo7 growth
initiatives will include opening new stores in Whangārei,
Invercargill and Wellington in 2022, and other sites of
interest have been identified for future growth.
We have now streamlined our online fulfilment capabilities
by moving to one dedicated fulfilment centre, improving
our customer experience.
Torpedo7 Club continues to drive engagement for our
customers and a new partnership with the AA brings
more benefits to our members. We will continue to drive
engagement with our Club members through our club
offers and partnerships.
Torpedo7’s passion for the outdoors and our local
environment has provided support through partnerships
with Sustainable Coastlines, joining with them to clean up
our shorelines, and with Hillary Outdoors Education Trust
by donating $67,000 to support programmes run by them
throughout the year.
Our Brands | Torpedo7
23
Integrated Annual Report 2021
GET IT
ALL DONE
With millions of products from more than 5,300 of
the world's most desirable local and international
brands, TheMarket.com is the place to get it all done.
Since launching in 2019, TheMarket.com is New
Zealand's fastest growing e-Commerce platform with
almost 397,000 active customers with the marketplace
customer segment growing fastest at 207% YoY, adding
147,000 customers in FY21.
Assortment has grown YoY with over 2.5m products
available. Traffic to the site and consumer sales have
increased with a shift from stores to online. This has
been accelerated by COVID-19, with momentum
continuing to grow with more range, more partners and
more customers joining the platform every week.
TheMarket Club subscription service now has over
50,000 members, offering subscribing customers free
shipping on eligible items from local and international
Our Brands | The Market
stores, VIP access to exclusive offers and promotions,
priority customer service and eligibility for benefits and
deals through exclusive partners.
Throughout the year, TheMarket.com has partnered
with major brands and events, resulting in increased
brand awareness and was a naming sponsor and the
official retail partner of Emirates Team New Zealand’s
defence of the 36th America’s Cup in Auckland in 2021.
TheMarket.com also partnered with Vodafone, offering
free access to TheMarket Club to Vodafone’s Club
members.
In 2020 TheMarket.com launched its Fulfilment by
Market service which provides end-to-end solutions
for brand owners where inventory is held and fulfilled
by TheMarket.com on their behalf. Brand owners like
L'Oréal are using this service, selling all their major
brands through their store on TheMarket.com.
TheMarket logoTheMarket Point
URL-COM-white (transparent text)
URL-COM-dark (transparent text)
short-white (transparent text)
URL-COM-text+outline (transparent)short-text+outline (transparent)
URL-COM-dark-on-whiteshort-dark-on-white
URL-COM-white-on-darkshort-white-on-dark
URL-COM-textOnlyshort-textOnly
short-dark (transparent text)
white (transparent text)
dark (transparent text)
text+outline (transparent)
dark-on-white
textOnly
white-on-dark
URL-COM2-white (transparent text)
URL-COM2-dark (transparent text)
URL-COM2-text+outline (transparent)MP-text+outline (transparent)
URL-COM2-dark-on-white
URL-COM2-white-on-dark
MP-white-on-dark-filled
URL-COM2-textOnlyMP-textOnly
URL-NZ-white (transparent text)
URL-NZ-dark (transparent text)
URL-NZ-text+outline (transparent)
URL-NZ-dark-on-white
URL-NZ-white-on-dark
URL-NZ-textOnly
URL-NZ2-white (transparent text)
URL-NZ2-dark (transparent text)
URL-NZ2-text+outline (transparent)
URL-NZ2-dark-on-white
URL-NZ2-white-on-dark
URL-NZ2-textOnly
URL-COM-text+outline-filledshort-text+outline-filledtext+outline-filledURL-COM2-text+outline-filledURL-NZ-text+outline-filledURL-NZ2-text+outline-filled
MP-white (transparent)
appicon-white-on-darkBG
appicon-text+outline
App icon
TMP-text+outline (transparent)
TMP-white-on-dark-filled
TMP-textOnly
TMP-white (transparent)
24
The Warehouse Group
Environment, Sustainability & Ethical Sourcing
DRIVING
TOWARDS
A MORE
SUSTAINABLE
FUTURE
25
Integrated Annual Report 2021
26
The Warehouse Group
The Warehouse Group’s teams, leadership and Board
are serious about achieving our vision to become
New Zealand’s most sustainable retailer.
Ongoing initiatives which include supporting team
members’ wellbeing and diversity, decarbonising
energy use, and giving a hand up to the communities
in which we operate are detailed in our Integrated
Report. During FY21, we added programmes that are
making a difference in the lives of our communities
and key stakeholders.
Social: Period Equity
The Warehouse has partnered with The Period Place
with the goal of eliminating period inequity in Aotearoa
by 2030. The partnership is an evolution of the existing
work by The Warehouse to recognise that of around
1.2 million menstruators in New Zealand, an estimated
700,000 experience barriers to accessing period
products. As a result of this issue, approximately 8%
of students are missing days at school.
In FY20 we started providing a $1 range of period
products, with one pack for every ten sold donated
to Women’s Refuge and The Period Place to reach
those in need. By the end of FY21 more than 99,000
period products were donated.
We have also provided free period products to all
bathrooms across the Group’s stores, distribution
centres and support offices because people can get
caught short. Together with The Period Place, we
rolled out donation bins across 26 The Warehouse
stores where customers can donate period products
Environment, Sustainability & Ethical Sourcing
ENVIRONMENT,
SUSTAINABILITY
& ETHICAL
SOURCING
which are then distributed to local community groups
who support people with barriers to access - such as
cost, vulnerable living situations and education.
Alongside the donated products, educational
material from The Period Place about period
cycles and types of period products available was
provided. The Period Place relationship helped us
further reduce barriers by getting information to
community groups and hosting a podcast series and
portal on our The Warehouse website. By promoting
understanding that menstruation is a normal
biological process we aim to help people manage
their period with confidence.
Work in this area will continue into FY22 with further
products scheduled to be launched.
Wellbeing: Family Violence is Not OK
The Warehouse Group has had a Family Violence is
Not OK policy in place since 2015. In FY21 the Group
updated its policy to reflect users’ feedback. Initially
developed in conjunction with Women’s Refuge,
the policy was designed to provide those affected
by family violence with ten days paid leave and the
perpetrators of violence with five days unpaid leave.
The updated policy now offers 15 days of paid leave
in addition to three nights’ accommodation for those
impacted by family violence.
During FY21 training associated with the policy was
27
Integrated Annual Report 2021
digitised allowing our team members to more easily
access the material, which is designed to help them
understand what family violence is and to provide
guidance on where to seek help. It also supports
managers with information about what to do if a
team member is experiencing family violence.
During the year the Group also supported Women’s
Refuge by donating $250,000 from the proceeds
of our July toy sale. The funds went to Women’s
Refuge’s Kids in the Middle Programme which
supports children impacted by family violence.
Sustainable attributes: Increasing the
sustainability of our product range
Providing customers the ability to choose more
sustainable products gained a significant focus
in FY21, with the number of products with a
sustainable feature growing to a peak of around
11,500. That number will continue to rise as our
efforts in this area continue.
As a business we are prioritising the delivery of
product packaging with reduced plastic, improved
recyclability and reusability. Traditionally plastic
packaging is being replaced by cardboard or fabric.
We have also increased our use of certified materials
sourced through global sustainability programmes
such as the Better Cotton Initiative, the world’s
largest cotton sustainability programme, and the
Forest Stewardship Council, a non-profit organisation
that promotes responsible management of the world’s
forests. Materials sourced from these programmes are
prevalent in our home and apparel ranges.
We have been innovating product ranges, including
with the introduction of sustainable materials such
as recycled polyester, a durable material made from
recycled used plastics which featured in our men’s
winter puffer jackets and women’s winter bathrobe,
as well as in a range of pillows.
Waste reduction: Trialling circularity initiatives
We are committed to making recycling and waste
reduction easier and more accessible for Kiwis.
Post-consumer waste was a focus and we expanded
the number of stores offering soft plastics recycling
bins in store to a total of 29, including our first
stores to offer the scheme in the South Island and
Hawkes Bay region.
We launched an e-waste collection pilot programme,
in partnership with TechCollect NZ, at 16 of our Noel
Leeming stores. This programme allows consumers
to drop their used electronics into a Noel Leeming
store for recycling at no cost. This service is funded
by TechCollect NZ’s members such as Canon New
Zealand, Dell, Dynabook, HP, Microsoft and Toshiba.
The lessons from TechCollect NZ’s programme
partnership with Noel Leeming will be used to inform
the best options for an ongoing regulated e-waste
product stewardship system in New Zealand.
We are also trialling the recycling of hard-to-
recycle waste at three of our The Warehouse stores.
Partnering with recycling company TerraCycle
NZ and leading global brands including Colgate,
Schwarzkopf, Zuru and NESCAFÉ, the trial offers
customers a way to dispose of waste which is not
processed through kerbside recycling collections.
Examples include toothpaste tubes and caps,
toothbrushes, hair colouring packaging (including
bottles, tubes and lids), NESCAFÉ Dolce Gusto coffee
capsules and Zuru Bunch O’ Balloons.
28
The Warehouse Group
Integrated Report
INTEGRATED
REPORTREPORT
R
E
T
A
I
L
V
A
L
U
E
C
R
E
A
T
I
O
N
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
Our People
Create a dynamic purpose-driven
organisation that is the best place to
work, with a high-performance, agile
culture focused on the health, safety,
wellbeing and development of our people.
Our Customers
NPS up +7.5 points to 76.6
SKU reduction of 18.5% for TWL and 12.6% for WSL
Online sales 11.5% of total sales
Click & Collect sales growth 21.1%
Stock turn 5.3 times
Our Relationships
We want to build strong relationships
with our communities and our
stakeholders to deliver sustainable
value and positive change.
Our People
eNPS +17 (Aug 2021)
Women in 44.4% of senior leadership roles
Gender pay equity 89.0%
Severity 1 Frequency Rate (SV1FR) decreased by 34.5%
Incidents closed within 10 days performance 94.0%
Our Customers
Our expertise in understanding our
customers allows us to keep them
at the centre of all that we do.
Financial Capital
We need to ensure efficient utilisation of
financial capital to compete and enable
growth, provide resilience and deliver
consistent and strong total shareholder return.
Financial Capital
Share price growth of 66.2% in FY21
TSR 74.9%
Liquidity of $490.5m
Final dividend 17.5cps, Full dividend
35.5cps
Our Networks
Our aim is to build a world-class omni-channel
retail network that leverages physical and digital
assets to deliver customer needs and wants in
an efficient and innovative way
.
Our Networks
252 stores including 25 stores-within-a-store
88.0% of overseas sourced products through
three offshore offices
DIFOT to store 98.0%
DIFOT home delivery: 91.7% for The Warehouse
and 93.4% for Warehouse Stationery
Our Environment
11,500 SKUs carrying a sustainability attribute,
accounting for over $176m in sales
Diverted 77.9% of operational waste from landfills
Decreased Scope 1 &2 emissions by 2.7% compared to FY19
60% of the Group’s passenger fleet is full EV
Our Environment
It is our goal to embed our Sustainable & Affordable platform
throughout our ecosystem and accelerate the Groups
transition to a sustainable, circular, and low-carbon future.
Manufactured
Capital
Social and
Relationship
Capital
Natural
Capital
Intellectual
Capital
Financial
Capital
Human
Capital
>
S
u
p
p
o
r
t
i
n
g
N
e
w
Z
e
a
l
a
n
d
c
o
m
m
u
n
i
t
i
e
s
S
o
u
r
c
i
n
g
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
U
n
d
e
r
s
t
a
n
d
i
n
g
o
u
r
m
a
r
k
e
t
O
m
n
i
-
c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
a
l
e
s
e
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
B
r
i
n
g
i
n
g
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
t
o
m
a
r
k
e
t
Our Relationships
Raised $4.3m for New Zealand charities and communities
in FY21. $75.5m since 1982
856 student enrolments in The Warehouse Groups
Gateway programmes
1,744
suppliers completed e-learning lessons on
labour and environmental management topics
INPUTS
RETAIL VALUE CREATION PROCESS
This is the third year The Warehouse Group
has reported under Integrated Reporting.
29
Integrated Annual Report 2021
R
E
T
A
I
L
V
A
L
U
E
C
R
E
A
T
I
O
N
P
R
O
C
E
S
S
Our People
Create a dynamic purpose-driven
organisation that is the best place to
work, with a high-performance, agile
culture focused on the health, safety,
wellbeing and development of our people.
Our Customers
NPS up +7.5 points to 76.6
SKU reduction of 18.5% for TWL and 12.6% for WSL
Online sales 11.5% of total sales
Click & Collect sales growth 21.1%
Stock turn 5.3 times
Our Relationships
We want to build strong relationships
with our communities and our
stakeholders to deliver sustainable
value and positive change.
Our People
eNPS +17 (Aug 2021)
Women in 44.4% of senior leadership roles
Gender pay equity 89.0%
Severity 1 Frequency Rate (SV1FR) decreased by 34.5%
Incidents closed within 10 days performance 94.0%
Our Customers
Our expertise in understanding our
customers allows us to keep them
at the centre of all that we do.
Financial Capital
We need to ensure efficient utilisation of
financial capital to compete and enable
growth, provide resilience and deliver
consistent and strong total shareholder return.
Financial Capital
Share price growth of 66.2% in FY21
TSR 74.9%
Liquidity of $490.5m
Final dividend 17.5cps, Full dividend
35.5cps
Our Networks
Our aim is to build a world-class omni-channel
retail network that leverages physical and digital
assets to deliver customer needs and wants in
an efficient and innovative way
.
Our Networks
252 stores including 25 stores-within-a-store
88.0% of overseas sourced products through
three offshore offices
DIFOT to store 98.0%
DIFOT home delivery: 91.7% for The Warehouse
and 93.4% for Warehouse Stationery
Our Environment
11,500 SKUs carrying a sustainability attribute,
accounting for over $176m in sales
Diverted 77.9% of operational waste from landfills
Decreased Scope 1 &2 emissions by 2.7% compared to FY19
60% of the Group’s passenger fleet is full EV
Our Environment
It is our goal to embed our Sustainable & Affordable platform
throughout our ecosystem and accelerate the Groups
transition to a sustainable, circular, and low-carbon future.
Manufactured
Capital
Social and
Relationship
Capital
Natural
Capital
Intellectual
Capital
Financial
Capital
Human
Capital
>
S
u
p
p
o
r
t
i
n
g
N
e
w
Z
e
a
l
a
n
d
c
o
m
m
u
n
i
t
i
e
s
S
o
u
r
c
i
n
g
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
U
n
d
e
r
s
t
a
n
d
i
n
g
o
u
r
m
a
r
k
e
t
O
m
n
i
-
c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
a
l
e
s
e
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
B
r
i
n
g
i
n
g
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
t
o
m
a
r
k
e
t
Our Relationships
Raised $4.3m for New Zealand charities and communities
in FY21. $75.5m since 1982
856 student enrolments in The Warehouse Groups
Gateway programmes
1,744
suppliers completed e-learning lessons on
labour and environmental management topics
RETAIL VALUE CREATION PROCESS
FY21 OUTPUTS
This Integrated Report describes our retail business model and how our resources contribute to our goals and vision to
build New Zealand's most sustainable, convenient and customer-first company. These are demonstrated through the
six capitals shown below and detailed in this report.
The aim of this report is to outline our focus areas, priorities and progress for each year, and targets for the future.
This Integrated Report has been prepared using the International Integrated Reporting Council’s (IIRC) Integrated
Reporting Framework.
In addition, in 2021 we have taken a further step into how we determine what Environmental, Social and Governance
(ESG) areas are material to The Warehouse Group, and we have reported on current ESG initiatives and achievements,
as well as relevant economic impacts, through adopting the Global Reporting Initiatives (GRI) reporting framework.
Refer to pages 103 to 106 of this Annual Report for further information on the GRI reporting framework, The Warehouse
Group’s materiality assessment and the GRI content index.
The Group’s Board and Management have established internal preparation and quality control processes to ensure
the quality and integrity of this report. We have not sought external audit or assurance for the non-financial information
contained throughout this Integrated Report or on the GRI content of this report with the exception of our carbon
emissions and energy consumption which are audited by Toitū Envirocare.
30
The Warehouse Group
Risk & Materiality
31
Integrated Annual Report 2021
RISK &
MATERIALITY
Risk management
The Group is committed to the ongoing roll out of its
Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Framework. This
includes continuing to embed the ERM Framework into
the wider business and enhancing risk management
processes with agile thinking. This assists in attaining
effective risk management across the organisation and
allows for the exploration of opportunities as they present.
The Board sets the Group’s risk appetite, which provides
informed decision making in the risk management
framework and delivers parameters within which the
business manages risk.
Our risk management framework embraces agile
practices which allows the Group to identify and manage
risk and provides it with a mechanism to adapt and
respond to an ever changing environment. The Group
has assumed a blended approach to risk management
which considers both traditional risk management and
agile structures. This blended approach allows the Group
to be nimble in risk management and aligns with the
Group's agile approach.
The Group's ERM Framework is aligned with best practice
and includes:
• A consistent approach to identifying and managing
risk;
• Supporting the achievement of the Group's strategic,
financial and operational goals by managing risks;
• Encouraging an open and transparent culture where
risk discussion and awareness is supported;
• Enabling better decision-making practices through
the adoption of agile thinking to help support risk
informed choices, prioritises actions and distinguishes
between alternative courses of action; and
• Encouraging an understanding of the risk
environment within which the Group operates.
The Group acknowledges that risk management is
important to all aspects of its activities and is the
responsibility of every team member. Our leaders
have a particular responsibility to appraise their risk
environment, to put in place appropriate controls and
to monitor the effectiveness of those controls.
The Group, as part of its ongoing risk governance
programme, operates an Enterprise Risk Management
Committee, which comprises senior leaders from across
the Group. The Committee meets every two months to
ensure there is a balanced view of risk and that critical
risks are understood, reviewed, appropriately managed
and reported.
The Audit and Risk Committee receives reports from
internal audit and other professional service providers.
The Group has identified its key risks which, if realised,
would materially impact the success of the business.
These risks include enterprise and system failure,
global logistics and trading disruption, sourcing and
retaining skilled talent, increased global competition,
environmental risk, and failure to automate and
increase productivity.
Materiality
Materiality in the six capitals is different from financial
materiality in the financial statements. It is driven by the
risk appetite settings, and the specific outcomes and
strategies within each capital. A material improvement
in our environmental reduction outcomes, for example,
may be different this year compared to other years
depending on the starting position.
Building on an improvement may mean we have a higher
materiality for change than if we were attempting to
arrest a declining performance. Materiality is therefore
relative to every strategy and metric in each capital and
is used to filter what is reported and what is not. The
Integrated Report is not the definitive or last word that
the organisation has to say on a given topic, it is the
material performance report against those elements in
the capitals that we are trying to influence or improve.
This year we have taken a further step in our overall
reporting and in particular in our Environmental,
Social and Governance (ESG) targets and initiatives by
adopting the Global Reporting Initiatives (GRI) reporting
framework and materiality principles. This will enable
us to identify and prioritise areas that substantively
influence the assessments and decisions of stakeholders
or have a significant ESG positive or negative economic,
environmental and/or social impact towards achieving
our goals of sustainable development. This report has
been prepared in accordance with the GRI Standards:
Core option.
32
The Warehouse Group
Our Networks
Our aim is to build a world-class customer ecosystem, powered
by first-party customer data, a loyalty platform that rewards and
engages customers in the ways most important to them, and a
network with convenient locations throughout New Zealand that
makes it easy for customers to shop whenever and however
they choose.
To deliver on this, we have three key areas of focus:
• Build a world-class customer ecosystem and retail network
• Our supply chain network
• Our enterprise systems, processes, and data.
Building a world-class customer ecosystem and retail network
Going forward, modern retail is all about customer ecosystems. They
better leverage assets and investments, they create stronger customer
relationships, and they create new platforms for business growth. With
stores that are conveniently located throughout New Zealand, improving
our store experiences while increasing our digital footprint has been a
key focus. We have made significant improvements in our retail property
portfolio including increasing The Warehouse and Warehouse Stationery
store-within-a-store (SWAS) format. In FY21 we integrated eight additional
Warehouse Stationery within The Warehouse stores, bringing our total
SWAS to 25 at the end of FY21 (FY20: 17).
This year saw a considerable focus on store improvements – in FY21,
32.6% (FY20: 22.9%) of capital expenditure was allocated to asset
development of our stores, including new stores and upgrading existing
stores. We strive to ensure our stores offer excellent customer experience
with layouts which are best suited to customer shopping habits.
Total Group store foot traffic increased 0.4% in FY21 compared to the same
52 weeks in FY20, excluding any lockdown periods and comparing the
same weeks year-on-year. Foot traffic does not include separate foot traffic
into Warehouse Stationery SWAS stores, this is included in The Warehouse
figure. This is a pleasing result considering our total stores (excluding SWAS
stores) decreased from 240 stores in FY20 to 227 stores in FY21.
Build a world-class
omni-channel store
and online network
OUROUR
NETWORKS
Based on stores (excluding SWAS
stores) which decreased from
240 stores in FY20 to 227 stores
in FY21, and excl. COVID-19
lockdown periods in both years
Of capital expenditure
on asset maintenance
(FY20: 22.9%)
TheMarket.com – the Group’s online marketplace – further expanded its
offerings with over 2.5 million available products from more than 5,300
of the world’s most desirable local and international brands.
Supply chain network
It has been a challenging year as the COVID-19 pandemic changed
demand patterns and created new pressures that tested global supply
chains to the limit. The pandemic’s impact was further exacerbated
by port and local transport challenges in New Zealand. Despite these
disruptions, the Group’s brands have performed well keeping average
store availability over 90.0% with store delivery in full on time (DIFOT)
of 98.0%. Having teams located at source, strong supplier relationships
and our agile way of working were key factors in allowing us to respond
quickly as circumstances changed.
In FY21 we extended our customer DIFOT measurement to include the
receipt of orders by customers, recognising the importance of last mile
delivery in overall customer experience. We achieved a DIFOT (delivery
and Click & Collect) of 91.7% for The Warehouse and 93.4% for Warehouse
Stationery against our target of 95.0% - up significantly on FY20 which
was greatly impacted by COVID-19 lockdowns across the country.
We have worked hard to improve the Click & Collect and delivery
experience. We launched same-day Click & Collect for The Warehouse,
made instore availability viewable on the website and mobile app, launched
new customer QR code functionality to speed up collections, and built a
picking and location management app for the Fulfilment Centre teams.
From an integrated supply chain perspective, we made substantial
progress scoping our end-to-end transformation programme, standing
up a dedicated customer demand and fulfilment agile tribe to support
the work, and delivering some quick wins. These included capacity
and peak trade planning and stock keeping unit (SKU) segmentation to
enable better stock flow. Work has also begun on long-term strategic
enablers such as network optimisation, unified central planning, and
transport optimisation with our supplier partners.
Including 227 standalone
and 25 SWAS, LY 257
stores - 240 standalone
and 17 SWAS
0.4%
increase in store
foot traffic
(FY20: 1.5%)
252 Stores
32.6%
33
Integrated Annual Report 2021
(FY20:
decreased 8.7%)
Supply chain network
Enterprise systems, processes and data
The Group operates a number of businesses that use different
Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems and processes. Our
strategy is to provide an end-to-end operational platform of systems
and common processes through which the brands can accelerate their
points of competitive differentiation. We have started a major systems
and process modernisation investment to drive efficiency and common
processes across the Group, supported by a modern technology stack
that enables migration from batch to real-time financial operations
which is expected to be completed in early FY23.
Our expertise in our systems is focused on integrating, simplifying and
standardising all back-office business processes and support systems,
across order-to-cash, procure-to-pay, statutory and management
accounting.
During the financial year we achieved the following milestones in our
enterprise systems and processes roadmap:
• Completed designing a back-office finance solution to replace
multiple legacy ERP systems
• Completed designing an integrated inventory system for real-time
stock on hand to meet the demands of store and online systems
for "available to sell” and “available to promise”
• Established a cloud-based, Master Data Management (MDM)
system to host all item attributes across the enterprise, enabling
a “single version of the truth”
• Replaced our legacy Warehouse Management System (WMS) in the
South Island Distribution Centre to increase productivity and stock
availability for our stores
• Completed our mobile-first, artificial intelligence-enabled
eCommerce platform which enables a 'build one, deploy many'
approach for the Group, with thewarehouse.co.nz. being the first
site to go live on this functionality.
Significance
Retail is a highly competitive sector and we continue to see evidence of
retail disruption every day. If our customers cannot buy what they are
looking for in our stores or on our sites and apps, they have a number
of other places they can turn to instead. Our nationwide network is the
critical link between what we offer and what our customers choose to
spend their money on. If we fail to understand what our customers want
Transacted directly
with exporters through
our offshore offices.
(FY20: 71.5%)
and how they prefer to buy and receive purchases, we are compromising
their willingness to come back to us. Our network enables our customers
to get the right product in the right place at the right time, at a
competitive cost and in a way that serves our customers’ needs best.
Materiality
The impacts of COVID-19 and the corresponding acceleration of
eCommerce have changed consumer expectations in regard to their
shopping experiences and fulfilment expectations. While physical store
shopping remains a significant consumer activity, online shopping
continues to grow, which puts increased expectations on our supply chain
and fulfilment capabilities while inviting greater competition from a broader
range of general and specialist retailers, both here and overseas. This
represents a considerable and ongoing material risk to our business and
one we intend to combat by investing actively in our supply chain, data
optimisation, improved digital capabilities, and refreshed stores that our
customers enjoy shopping in. In acknowledgement of the future need to
repurpose or reformat our physical store network, the Group has prioritised
flexibility in our store lease profile over tenure. Transport is outsourced to
partners except for our in-home delivery and installation teams.
Future focus areas
Build a world-class omni-channel
• Continue rolling out SWAS
• Invest in store improvements and customer experience upgrades
• Launch a Group-wide booking solution for delivery, in-home consultation
and services.
Supply chain
• Achieve real-time inventory accuracy and online “available to sell",
positively impacting online performance, trade and customer satisfaction
• Upgrade fulfilment and distribution centres to support further automation
and capacity
• Deploy an Order Management System (OMS) to further automate online
fulfilment and enhance customer experience.
Enterprise systems, processes and data
• ERP systems build and deploy phases – finance in April 2022 and
inventory in September 2022
• WMS North Island Distribution Centre go-live in April 2022
• Optimise inventory and location tools for the North Island
Distribution Centre.
of international
purchases
88.0%
Store
distribution
cost to serve
decreased
0.6%
Customer
fulfilment
cost to serve
decreased
36.2%
Improved delivery to stores
delivered in full on time (DIFOT)
(FY20: 97.5%) and vs our target
of 98.0%
➜
98.0%
(FY20:
increased 8.9%)
Delivery only
34
The Warehouse Group
35
Integrated Annual Report 2021
Our people, our customers,
our communities and our
environment are at the
heart of our business
36
The Warehouse Group
Our Customers
Our expertise in understanding our customers allows us to keep
them at the centre of all that we do.
Our expertise and understanding of our customers is focused on three
key areas:
• Stock and product management to meet customers’ needs and wants
• Making our shopping experiences easy and seamless, both in-store
and online
• Delivering rewarding and engaging customer experiences.
Stock and product management to meet customers’ needs and wants
The customer is at the centre of every successful business, and through
product and services, retail must meet customers needs and wants. Our
transition to an agile way of working means our business is now organised
as cross-functional tribes that focus on solving specific customer needs
such as ‘helping everyone to look their best’, ‘creating happy and healthy
homes’, ‘raising good kids’, and ‘using technology to enrich our lives’. Our
expertise combines our skills across product and customer management
to increase value. We continue to use data-driven insights to improve
customer experiences and we align these insights with our design cues and
market trends for product range and assortment planning.
We continue to improve our processes for assortment decisions which
enables us to determine what and how much should be carried in a
merchandise category. We are using data to identify the optimum range
width, or Stock Keeping Unit (SKUs) affordability. We continue to see
the reduction of SKUs across the business, ending the year with 18.5%
less SKUs in The Warehouse and 12.6% less SKUs in Warehouse Stationery
when compared to the same period in the previous year. We are also
reducing product churn as we continue to favour ‘beautiful basic’
continuity ranging, delivering value through improved quality and
everyday low prices. Our stockturn has improved from 4.4 times in
FY20 to 5.3 times in FY21.
1
We have maintained our price optimisation work using data to select
and manage price points. Price perceptor products are products that
customers innately know the price of and are key to delivering customer
value and we are making good progress delivering more baskets with these
items. Our forecast accuracy is steadily improving, enabling us to reduce
end of season markdown and achieve better margin.
Mastering the sell-through curve is about finding the right balance of
ongoing and seasonal stock and lowering our weighted average cost of
aged inventory. Last year we recognised the need to standardise, automate
and document our demand management processes. We are making good
progress on assortment and range planning, and we are striving to ensure
all categories use our range planning tool which links to our demand
forecasting, planning and sourcing systems. These processes are still
relatively manual but will be better supported by the implementation of
automated Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems for finance and
inventory scheduled for implementation in FY22.
Stock and
product
management
OUROUR CUSTOMERS
Average stock turn 5.3
times (FY20: 4.4 times)
Stock Keeping Unit (SKU) reduction
Aged inventory as a
percentage of finished goods
inventory 16.1% (FY20: 28.1%)
The
Warehouse
➜➜
Our Everyday Low Price (EDLP) positioning in our largest brand,
The Warehouse, requires accurate forecasting and price optimisation.
Improvements in these two disciplines, combined with an overall SKU
reduction and a move into more continuity ranges, have helped reduce
end of season markdown and better meet customer demand. We have also
reduced our aged inventory
2
as a percentage of finished goods inventory
across the Group, from 28.1% in FY20 to 16.1% in FY21.
The Group also serves a growing set of businesses, ranging from small-
to-medium enterprises to much larger commercial and government
organisations. Through our Business team, our commercial and
government partners have been able to tap into the full breadth of the
Group’s products and services.
Making our instore and online shopping experiences easy
and seamless
We continue to enhance customer shopping experiences instore
and online – developing instore concepts and layouts and refining
online offerings to meet customer needs as well as tailoring customer
experiences to the way they shop.
The Ormiston Town Centre development has proven a huge success
for our cornerstone brands, with the new The Warehouse, Warehouse
Stationery (SWAS) and Noel Leeming stores showcasing our latest store
layouts, technology and customer experience offerings.
One of our biggest customer-facing digital initiatives this year was the
launch of our new mobile-first Group eCommerce platform in March
2021, after completing the transition of The Warehouse website and
mobile app. Noel Leeming will become our second brand to migrate
later this year. Our new mobile-first platform provides tight interactions
with our customer ecosystem across our product, marketing, fulfilment
and customer service systems. Noel Leeming grew its one-hour Click &
Collect offering to increase Click & Collect sales to 61.8% of online sales.
We also launched same-day Click & Collect in The Warehouse in time
for Christmas 2020. Click & Collect sales for the Group increased 21.1%,
representing 40.4% of total online sales (excluding TheMarket.com).
3
TheMarket.com continues to grow ahead of plan, with over 2.5 million
available products from more than 5,300 of the world’s most desirable
local and international brands. The range covers major lifestyle
categories including fashion, home and living, health and beauty,
electronics, sports and outdoors, DIY and garden, pet, entertainment,
food and pantry.
Following an exceptionally strong online sales result in FY20, online sales
for the Group, including TheMarket.com, increased 5.0% to $393.1m
(FY20: $374.5m), and now account for 11.5% of total Group sales. When
compared to FY19, a more comparable year due to COVID-19, online
sales were up 68.8%. Online traffic for the Group increased 15.2% (FY20:
30.1%) while online conversion for the Group (excluding TheMarket.com)
Warehouse
Stationery
5.3 x
16.1%
12.6%
18.5%
37
Integrated Annual Report 2021
increased 0.5% (FY20: 1.8%) driven by an 11.4% increase in Torpedo7
and 6.2% increase in The Warehouse following the launch of the new
Warehouse online platform.
In order to make customer online payments seamless and easy, we
also integrated our relationship with ZIP, Finance Now, Visa, and Gem
(interest free) to provide a wide range of customer payment solutions
on the go, through our websites and on our mobile apps.
Delivering a rewarding and engaging customer experience
We interact with 2 million customers instore and 3 million customers
online each week. We remain dedicated to making shopping with The
Warehouse Group family of brands as convenient as possible for our
customers. Value for money is a priority for The Warehouse customer.
We worked closely with our suppliers to improve the quality and
sustainability attributes of our products, as well as communicating both
the value and the sustainable features of our products through our
Sustainable & Affordable campaign.
Customers continue to give us great feedback on our store experiences,
and we are pleased that the weighted average net promoter score
(NPS) increased by +7.5 points for the Group in the last month of the
year to 76.6
4
. We also implemented NPS for TheMarket.com, with an
average score for the year of 55.1 for customer orders.
5
We have been able to grow margin without eroding our value
perception as a result of our price optimisation programme. While
the Group’s sales grew significantly during the year, and at stronger
margins across the board, the New Zealand market experienced
significant growth in categories the Group doesn’t fully participate in,
including restaurants (+23.7%), home building supplies (+16.3%), and
health goods and services (+16.0%). As a result of this uneven growth
across the market, the Group’s market share declined -0.2 points to
6.0% of total retail sales (including grocery and food).
6
Our mobile apps for The Warehouse, Noel Leeming, and TheMarket.com
continue to be loved by New Zealanders, with all three ending the year
among the top 10 shopping apps based on iOS and Google Play app
store rankings in New Zealand. The Warehouse app continues to gain
additional customer momentum and usage with app sales growth of 8.7%,
now accounting for 34.1% of total online sales.
We now have strong ecosystem foundations in place with an established
physical footprint and market-leading digital assets. We have initiated
a unified Group loyalty programme – Market Club and Market Club+
which is starting to rollout with TheMarket.com and The Warehouse
this calendar year. By consolidating nearly four million unique
customer records across our existing loyalty programmes into a single
programme, we will be able to deliver more engaging experiences for our
customers and suppliers, powered by strong insights and a data-driven
understanding of our customers’ needs, wants and shopping preferences.
Average basket value ("basket") for the total Group increased during the
year, with average in-store basket increasing 4.8% and average online
basket increasing 3.3%. These gains were driven by the average in-store
basket growing 10.7% in Noel Leeming and 5.5% in The Warehouse, and
average online basket growing 11.3% in Warehouse Stationery and 10.1%
in Torpedo7.
Significance
Retail is an unforgiving sector, and customers will only choose us first
if shopping with us is easier and more convenient than shopping with
anyone else. If customers cannot buy what they are looking for, they
have other places they can turn to. If we fail to understand what our
customers want and how they prefer to buy and receive purchases,
we are compromising their willingness to come back to us.
Materiality
Online commerce has changed customer expectations about their
shopping experiences. While physical store shopping is still a significant
consumer activity, online shopping continues to grow. That means we
face greater competition from a broader range of general and specialist
retailers both here and overseas. This represents a considerable and
ongoing material risk to our business and one we intend to combat by
investing actively in our supply chain co-ordination, data optimisation
around each customer, improved digital capabilities and attractive stores
that our customers enjoy shopping in. In acknowledgement of the future
need to repurpose or reformat our physical store network, the Group has
prioritised flexibility in our store lease profile over tenure.
Future focus areas
• Launch Market Club and Market Club+ Group-wide loyalty to enhance
customer convenience, make them feel valued, and drive brand love
• Be the first choice for customers
• Provide reliable and flexible fulfilment experiences that exceed
customer expectations
• Reinforce value leadership in The Warehouse.
1, Stock turn has been calculated in FY21, and restated in FY20, based on average inventory per
month which is more aligned to internal management and Board reporting (FY20 was based
on the average of opening and closing year-end)
2. Aged inventory is stock in store held for more than 26 weeks
3. Source: TWG eCommerce and Insights
4. Source: Qualtrics and TWG Insights
5. Source: TheMarket.com
6. Source: Datamine
7. Source: TWG Brand Tracker
Customer
Experience
Shopping
experience
Weighted average
Net Promoter Score
The Warehouse
"good value for
money" perception
vs key competes,
and continues to
lead our competitive
set on this metric
40.4% of online sales across
omni-channel brands
(FY20: 39.4%)
Available products now
feature on TheMarket.com
from 5,300 brands
Click & Collect
sales grew
Total online sales,
increased to $393.1m,
11.5% of total Group sales.
Mobile apps for
The Warehouse,
Noel Leeming, and
TheMarket.com
were all Top 10
shopping apps in
New Zealand
2.5
million
82.0%
7
+7.5 points
Increased
to 76.6
21.1%
38
The Warehouse Group
Our Relationships
We want to build strong relationships with our communities and
our stakeholders to deliver sustainable value and positive change.
In addition to our customers and our team members, we have valuable
stakeholder relationships with:
• Our community and government partners
• Our suppliers
• Our investors.
Our community and government partners
The Group has been supporting New Zealand communities since the first
The Warehouse store opened in 1982. Guided by our purpose of helping
Kiwis live better every day and having a charitable foundation as our
second largest shareholder, we have been able to continue to support our
communities this year.
The Warehouse Group’s community programmes focus on key issues that
affect the wellbeing of New Zealanders, including period equity, family
violence, and child poverty. By mobilising our charity partnerships, our team
members and customers, we help to achieve a better outcome for Aotearoa
New Zealand. Some of the key charity partnerships with which we work
include Women’s Refuge, Variety – the Children’s Charity, The Salvation
Army and The Period Place.
We raised $4.3 million for New Zealand charities and communities in FY21,
bringing the total raised to $75.5 million since 1982. In addition to the charity
partnerships mentioned above, the key instore fundraising campaigns in
FY21 included Be the Joy, Back to School, Period Equity, Healthy Homes and
Toys for Good initiatives.
We were particularly proud of our efforts to promote period equity. We
hosted numerous Members of Parliament from various political parties in
our stores to build understanding of our work to address period inequity.
Initiatives included expanding an instore donation initiative across 26
The Warehouse stores, enabling customers to donate period products which
are distributed to people in need via local community groups. We are now
providing free period products in all our team bathrooms – across all brands,
support offices and distribution centres.
We are also proud of our individual stores which work closely with local
community groups. For example, The Warehouse Whakatāne provided
300 lunchboxes to Tāneatua School to assist them with their participation
in the Healthy Lunches programme and sponsored The Kindness Cup
through The Kindness Collective in multiple schools around New Zealand.
The Warehouse Porirua provided thermals and warm essentials to the
volunteers caring for the stranded orca, Toa, and The Warehouse Snells Beach
donated warm essentials to Middlemore Foundation for children in need.
The Warehouse Group interacted with relevant government ministries,
ministers, and officials on issues such as COVID-19, climate change, the
future of work, regional community needs, access to period products and
ongoing efforts around tackling family violence.
For example, we met with the Minister for Sexual and Family Violence to
OUROUR
RELATIONSHIPS
discuss our updated and enhanced family violence policy, our work in this
area, and how we could provide further support to our team members
and the public in general.
We actively engaged with Government on issues pertaining to
climate action which included our submission to the Climate Change
Commission on its draft advice to government for the first three
emissions budgets through to 2035. We also engaged with government
through our contribution to the industry-led low carbon freight pathway
report, and to product waste stewardship regulation via the roll out of our
e-waste recycling initiative in partnership with TechCollect NZ. This pilot
programme will help inform the best options for an ongoing regulated
e-waste product stewardship system in New Zealand.
During the year we participated in the Government’s “make summer
unstoppable” campaign to support the Government's COVID-19
promotion of the use of QR code scanning to enable COVID-19 tracking.
We also liaised with the Ministry of Health about supporting the COVID-19
vaccination programme, becoming part of the COVID-19 workplace
vaccination pilot alongside three other large New Zealand companies.
The Warehouse Group’s Gateway programmes, including The Warehouse
Red Shirts in Schools, Warehouse Stationery's Blue Shirts in Schools and
Noel Leeming's Discovering Passionate Experts, reached 856 student
enrolments in FY21. These numbers are slightly lower than FY20 due to
the continuing effects of COVID-19 lockdowns. During FY22 the Group
plans to extend Gateway programmes to our Torpedo7 Bike Hubs. This
will further extend opportunities for students to experience working in a
wide range of retail settings and help address New Zealand’s current bike
building skill shortage.
The Group has maintained its role as a key partner in the IBM Pathways
in Technology (P-TECH) programme. P-TECH NZ was established in 2019
and is a five-year programme where students complete high school, and
earn an advanced diploma in digital technology with engaged mentoring,
ready to begin a career by the time they graduate from the programme.
The P-TECH programme directly addresses some of the recommendations
of the NZTech ‘Digital Skills for our Digital Future’ (January 2021) report
by building the digital skills pipeline and supporting students’ transition
to work. The report’s foreword states: “We must also do more to foster
greater inclusion of different groups within the tech sector – in particular
Māori, Pasifika and women - to ensure that the opportunities available
for business enterprise and career development can be realised by all.”
P-TECH specifically targets these three population groups.
We continued to work with Massey University to shape and design the
retail element of the Massey University Bachelor of Retail and Business
Management degree.
In 2021, the Industry Establishment Board set up the Services Workforce
Development Council, on which The Warehouse Group has a representative.
We endeavour to use our membership to promote retail as a career as well
Community
Fundraised for New Zealand
charities and communities in
FY21. $75.5m since 1982.
Promote Period Equity
in The Warehouse Group’s
Gateway programmes
50%50%
++
Donation initiatives across
26 The Warehouse stores
enabling customers to donate
period products
$4.3m
• The Warehouse's Red Shirts
in Schools
• Warehouse Stationery's
Blue Shirts in Schools
• Noel Leeming's Discovering
Passionate Experts
856856
student
enrolments
39
Integrated Annual Report 2021
as our continued partnerships with Retail NZ and various Industry Training
Organisations (ITOs), such as ServiceIQ, in order to build a sustainable
vocational retail education system in New Zealand.
In FY21, The Warehouse Group distributed $13.3m to The Tindall Foundation
in the form of dividends, in line with the Foundation’s 21.3% shareholding.
The Tindall Foundation is a private philanthropic family foundation,
independent of The Warehouse Group, set up by Group founder Sir Stephen
Tindall and his wife Lady Margaret Tindall. Working to build a stronger,
sustainable Aotearoa New Zealand, the Foundation supports up to 700
organisations a year and has donated over $200m since 1995 to help
families, communities and the environment to thrive now and in the future.
Beyond monetary donations, the Foundation also provides support, skills,
connections and communication that help organisations and communities
to achieve their goals.
Our suppliers
In 2021 we have focused on strengthening our partnerships with our
overseas suppliers with the introduction of a balanced vendor scorecard
that guides our annual reviews. These reviews allow us to support our
vendors in improving their ethical, quality, sustainability and commercial
outcomes they deliver to our business. A large part of our business awarding
criteria is based on our vendor scorecard, thereby incentivising continual
improvement. COVID-19 lockdowns in many regions and worldwide shipping
disruptions have affected our suppliers. Our in-country teams have stayed
close to these issues and worked through them with our vendors to ensure
we prioritise key stock for our customers.
During the year, we extended our ethical sourcing programme by placing
more emphasis on supplier development and training and implementing a
supplier balanced scorecard, while continuing our regular factory auditing
and monitoring activity.
Ethical sourcing
There are explicit requirements for suppliers providing merchandise
carrying a brand or private label owned by The Warehouse Group. These
include the ongoing disclosure of the identity and location of all primary
and secondary manufacturing sites associated with each purchase order,
the qualification of these sites (in reference to this policy) as a pre-
condition of order placement, and the acceptance of ongoing monitoring
and continuous improvement as a condition of business.
In FY21, The Warehouse’s private label products were sourced from around
500 factories
1
primarily located in China, Bangladesh, India, Vietnam,
Malaysia, and Pakistan, involving about 246,000 workers. 172 new factories
(70% of applicants) qualified to enter our supply chain via our oversight of
third-party Labour and Environmental Audits.
Our programme at Tier 1
2
supplier level is relatively mature – we can now
trace and qualify almost 100% (500 suppliers) of these sources.
Building on this, we have a new ambition. Starting with textile, wood, and
paper products we aim to extend our existing ethical sourcing work into
Tier 2
3
of these supply chains. By 2025 we aim to trace and qualify the Tier
2 sources for the most valuable 50% of our Tier 1 textile, wood, and paper
suppliers. This is an ambitious goal as we do not have direct relationships
with suppliers at Tier 2 and the number of factories proliferate at this level
of the supply chain.
In 2016, we committed to only stocking products containing palm oil from
certified sustainable sources, reinforcing the Group's commitment to the
environment and making it easier for our customers to be more sustainable.
Comprehensive disclosures and factory lists pertaining to our ethical
sourcing programme can be found in our Ethical Sourcing Report on
our website.
Our investors
Through our relationships with investors, we aim to enhance shareholder
engagement and provide continuous disclosure on company
performance and strategy and investments, with the objective of building
shareholder value and delivering consistent and sustainable total
shareholder returns.
In our investor reporting, we continue to embrace Integrated Reporting
to improve the quality and relevance of information provided to key
stakeholders, including providers of financial capital. Using the principles
of integrated thinking in decision-making helps our business recognise
the different aspects of value that are important in a way that is
understandable and consistent across the Group. This year we have
expanded our Integrated Reporting to include the Global Reporting
Initiatives (GRI) reporting framework. In accordance with this framework,
we have assessed material economic, environmental and social matters
relevant to the Group and have used this framework to report on our
initiatives and our positive and negative impacts in these identified
material areas.
Our next step in investor reporting will be adopting the Task Force on
Climate Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) framework, and we continue
to monitor developments from the New Zealand External Reporting Board
with a view to reporting under TCFD by the 2024 financial year.
We build open relationships with our investors through various initiatives,
including investor days. In May we held our first investor day in four years
which provided an opportunity to review the Group's transformation over
the last four years and current strategy.
We welcome communication with the New Zealand Shareholders’
Association, transparent discussions with our shareholders at our Annual
Shareholders’ Meeting and the Chair of the Board has held a number of
meetings during the year with shareholders on key governance issues.
Significance
Our size and scale mean we continue to play a role in New Zealand
communities – nationally at a Group level and locally through our stores.
We take this role seriously and work across many stakeholder groups
to share our voice and work towards positive impacts. Do Good means
standing up for our people, our planet and our communities, and we have
the opportunity to drive positive change through our ethical sourcing
initiatives by working with suppliers who share the same values.
Materiality
Given the broad coverage of The Warehouse Group’s stakeholders,
we have not attempted to define or explain materiality to our relationships.
Future focus areas
• Continue to work within our communities and with key stakeholders to
deliver a positive impact for the communities we serve
• Partner with suppliers who can help us build our ranges faster, smarter
and with more sustainable options
• Drive product development and design through strategic relationships
with our suppliers and take the ethical and responsible sourcing actions
that our customers now expect
• Grow our culture and organisational performance under an agile working
environment to prepare for future developments.
1. Factories with orders over US$50,000 in FY21.
2. Tier 1 supplier means supplier of textile, wood and paper products to TWL and WSL being the
final manufacture site where our products are made.
3. Tier 2 supplier means a site that manufactures componentry and processed material inputs
such as fabric, buttons and zips, as ordered by sales volume, present in a finished product
that is manufactured by a Tier 1 supplier.
Supplier
insights
in-person, on site or group and
virtual supplier training sessions
FY21 Progress:
Established a register
of Tier 2 apparel
sources.
128128
on various labour
and environmental
management topics
1,74 4
Suppliers completed
e-learning lessons
By 31 July 2025, achieve
traceability of all Tier 2
3
Sources for at least 50%
of Tier 1
2
Textile Wood &
Paper Suppliers
40
The Warehouse Group
Our People
Create a dynamic purpose-driven organisation that is the best
place to work, with a high-performance, agile culture focused on
the health, safety and wellbeing of our people.
Our initiatives for our people focus on three commitments:
• Be the best place to work
• Build a strong and effective high-performance and agile culture that
gets everyone home healthy and safe at the end of their day
• Preparing our people for the future of work.
Be the best place to work
In 2021, as part of our commitment to be the best place to work we
launched initiatives to accelerate the development of our people,
speed up innovation, expand capabilities, increase productivity,
improve the attraction and retention of key talent, and boost real time
reskilling/upskilling.
These initiatives included launching a new digital onboarding
programme across all our brands for Store Support Office (SSO) roles
and we are now refreshing our store onboarding programme.
For our SSO teams we developed agile contribution models for our
key functional areas to define future career development and ensure
gender pay equity. These contribution models will be supported
by agile craft academies we are currently developing. We also
embedded performance and remuneration models which align with the
contribution model. In addition, we launched a new performance and
development process for our SSO team members and are launching
new performance and development processes throughout our stores.
We have made significant progress this year in creating learning
pathways for all team members to embed streamlined skills development
that can be easily transferred between our brands. These include an
agile learning pathway to help our team members’ transition to our new
ways of working.
We implemented an open online learning platform provided by Udemy
for Business. This offers over 6,000 digital courses and is available to our
SSO team members, Store Leads, Distribution Centre (DC) Leads, and
staff in our overseas offices. We also had 34 team members participate
in our Toastmasters International Programme which aims to improve
confidence, communication, public speaking and leadership skills.
OUR
PEOPLE
Our Store Leadership Programmes launched last year develop our
existing and emerging store leaders and prepare them for tomorrow.
Our Group-wide, multi-brand, online Store Learning Pathways
streamline learning to ensure the transferability of skills and retail
fundamentals including Onboarding (Group and brand specific),
Retail 101, Retail Speciality, Customer and Product, Self-development,
Managing your Store, and People Leadership.
Our NZ Future Skills Fund (NZFSF) is offered to all exiting team
members to enable them to study any programme of work in which
they would like to upskill to make them more employable in the
future, providing training and reskilling after leaving the Group.
Transition assistance programmes are provided to facilitate continued
employability and the management of careers for team members whose
positions have ended due to retirement or termination of employment.
During the year we communicated our Group anti-corruption policies
and procedures to the executive leadership team (ELS) and all our SSO
team members, making up 11% of our total employees. We also rolled out
employee anti-corruption training programmes for the ELS and all our
SSO team members, including privacy, consumer protection and unfair
business conduct, fraud awareness, anti-bribery and corruption, insider
trading and other related topics.
A total of 156,000 hours has been spent on training our team members
during FY21. This equates to approximately 11.7 hours training per
person per year and covers a range of programmes that upgrade our
current team members as well as transition assistance programmes.
Due to improvements in our onboarding process, we have reduced the
numbers of average days to fill roles to 37 days in FY21, compared to
41 days in FY20 and against our target of 60 days.
We are proud of our retail wage commitment - entitling employees
at The Warehouse, Warehouse Stationery and Noel Leeming with at
least a year’s worth of service to receive a minimum of $21.15 an hour,
compared to New Zealand’s minimum wage of $20.00. All our store
staff are entitled to the same retail wage commitment, regardless of
gender. At present 15% of our employees/contractors are covered by
collective agreements.
Supporting our people during times of need is very important to
Be the best
place to work
Employee
Net Promoter
Score (eNPS)
(Aug 2021)
Female
senior leaders
(44.4% of senior
leadership roles)
Gender
pay equity
FY20: +11 (Aug 2020)
FY20: 27 (39% of senior
leadership roles)
FY20: 88.0%
Against our target
of 40 by 2025
Against our target of women
in senior leadership roles of
50% by 2025
Against our target
of 100% gender pay
equity by 2022
➜➜➜
+
17
3289.0
%
41
Integrated Annual Report 2021
us – and looking after our teams has been a top priority during the
challenging external events of the past year. In addition to COVID-19
uncertainty and alert level changes, we also looked after our teams
following a tornado, floods and a tsunami alert. We paid our teams in
full during these times even if our stores were closed and provided the
support and time our people needed to deal with these events. Store
team engagement scores rose during the year, even though there were
some roster changes that came into effect in the first quarter.
We are focused on increasing our diversity and inclusion practices
and reducing unconscious bias to gender, culture, age, and sexual
orientation. We are proud to have maintained the Rainbow Tick and
held several fantastic LGTBQI (lesbian, gay, transgender, bisexual,
queer and intersexed) events in Auckland and Wellington which were
well attended. We continue to work on gender equality and during
the year invested over $1m to close the gender pay gap at our store
support offices. We also had 182 team members participate in our Lean
in Circles programme which aims to counteract gender bias, navigate
gender dynamics, provide leadership development for women and
work towards gender equality.
During the year we expanded our work to support team members
who may be impacted by family violence. We extended our policy to
allow for 15 days’ leave and three nights’ free accommodation. We also
implemented a new online training module to raise awareness of family
violence to all our team members.
We are proud to celebrate the various cultures across our offices, stores
and distribution centres and set up a dedicated Māori culture group
which provides insight and helps us to develop a more comprehensive
Māori strategy. Our Te Kaa training programme for senior leaders
provides foundational knowledge about Māori culture and how to
consider Māori culture within the decision-making process.
In FY21, we began running Māori cultural workshops where team
members who identify as Māori come together to help us understand
what they would like to see the Group be involved in or develop as a
business. The outcomes of these initiatives will form the foundation
of our Māori cultural strategy which we plan to implement in FY22.
We celebrated Matariki as a time to set new goals, connect with
whānau and share kai. As a proudly Aotearoa New Zealand business,
we wanted to help our team members and their whānau celebrate a
uniquely Kiwi time of year.
By celebrating Māori Language Week, we promote the use of Te Reo.
To support this, we plan to provide Te Reo learning for our team
members in the coming year.
A future focus for us is neurodiversity. This year we raised awareness
of autism and started partnerships with not-for-profit organisations
to work together to understand how we can support our neurodiverse
team members. This will involve how we can provide better learning for
our neurodiverse team members as well as show all team members how
critical neurodiversity is in order to help us be more innovative.
In order to promote The Group employment awareness and
attractiveness, we are focusing on four key pillars - our people, our
community, our planet and our business. We have run a successful
technology and digital talent attraction campaign which showed above
market average results, we are running a social media attraction campaign
for Seasonal Peak, and we have a large focus in FY22 on talent, both for
attraction of new talent, as well as for internal career development.
Health and safety
We are committed to maintaining a robust, effective health and safety
culture that supports a workplace where everyone gets home safely at
the end of their day. It is the Group’s objective to continually promote
improvements in its health, safety and wellbeing (HSW) systems,
practices, and processes that nurtures a culture that welcomes
constructive stakeholder feedback and input towards developing and
implementing HSW workplace best practices.
We have a structured approach to consulting, reporting and
talking about HSW at all levels of the organisation from the Board
HSW Committee to Store Safety Huddles. Thorough stakeholder
consultation at all levels of the organisation is key to achieving the
Group’s objectives through the sharing of lead and lag performance
data to ensure teams and individuals have the necessary
understanding to make informed decisions.
Critical Risk Management
An essential part of the Group’s annual HSW plan is the critical risk
programme which addresses eight identified high risk activities within
the network that have the potential to result in an individual sustaining
either a life altering injury or a fatality. While all health and safety risks
are actively addressed, violent and aggressive behaviour and traffic
management have been assessed as the two most significant risks given
the potential for an event to occur, and the resulting consequences.
Better training and equipment for our loss prevention officers,
including Situational Incident Management (SIM) training saw serious
violent and aggressive behaviour incidents towards our team members
reduce by 47.3%, although the number of incidents involving abuse
continues to rise which is in line with the experience of all key retailers
in New Zealand. We met with the Police Commissioner in relation to
violent and aggressive behaviour to discuss the ways we can work
together to help keep both our customers and our team safe.
Every site has been assessed for an up-to-date traffic management
plan, and an online traffic management training programme has been
delivered to every operational site's team member. These actions have
reduced the number of these events year-on-year by 60%.
Our health and safety performance this year has seen our Severity 1
events associated with our critical risks decrease by 45.7% (95 events
in FY21 compared to 175 in FY20) while seeing an increase in Total
Recordable Injuries for the year of 9.4% (524 injuries in FY21 compared to
479 in FY20). Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) was 37.2
per million hours worked in FY21, an increase from 30.6 per million hours
worked in FY20.
Safety Assurance Reviews
This year we further embedded our internal safety assurance
reviews across our store network, with 152 stores being reviewed.
These reviews ensure our stores have in place the necessary legal
requirements, ACC accredited employer requirements and store level
critical risk controls. This programme of work provides the Board and
ELS with assurance that the underlying HSW processes are effectively
keeping team members, contractors and members of the public safe.
After a successful roll out to stores, we will expand the process to
include our logistics network in FY22.
Health and
Safety
Severity 1
frequency
rate reduced
Same-day
injury reporting
Incidents closed
within 10 Days
FY21: 9.3
(per million hours worked)
FY20: 14.2
(per million hours worked)
FY20: 92%
FY20: 89%
Against a reduction target of 15.0%
Against our target
of 96% by FY25
Against our target
of 96% by FY25
➜➜
➜
34.5%89.9%94.3%
42
The Warehouse Group
Wellbeing
We have continued to support our team members through the
uncertainty of the COVID-19 pandemic with extra access to team
member support such as counselling, online support programmes and
information. Through our participation in the Government COVID-19
workplace vaccination pilot, we also offered all our employees access
to COVID-19 vaccinations at their workplace.
This year we rolled out our employee “five ways to health and wellbeing”
programme and initiatives - connect, give, take notice, keep learning, be
active. This included activities such as mindfulness, yoga sessions, and
other current wellbeing programmes, outlets and thought ideas to help
and promote our people’s health and wellbeing.
In the year ahead we are beginning a partnership with a new employee
assistance programme and wellbeing provider which will give team
members the opportunity to seek support and help through an online
portal that includes an online chat function with support services, as
well as phone and face to face support if necessary and a range of self-
help options.
Future of work
Our third commitment addresses the future of work - building our skills
pipeline, workforce planning and introducing continuous learning and
future-ready learning experiences. In addition to our Udemy digital
learning course platform, we have established a $2m annual external
learning fund to develop our team members, with a commitment to
increase to $5m annually by 2025. This funding is designed for team
members wanting to upskill or reskill through a short course that is not
offered internally.
For those wanting to build their retail career with more intensive
professional study in a chosen field, we have launched a Group
scholarship programme, with five scholarships awarded to team
members so far. We also partner with Massey University to offer specific
retail scholarships, in which 18 team members are currently enrolled.
Our partnership with ServiceIQ provides team members with NZQA
recognised qualifications, through which 17 store team members
completed the New Zealand Certificate in Retail Level 3 during FY21.
Significance
Our team members are at the core of our organisation’s success. We
believe that by enabling them to thrive in this fast-paced environment
and preparing them for the future workplace we will lift employee
engagement and achieve sustainable business performance.
Future of work
Of the TWG Gateway
pathways to employment
programme in FY21
In employee learning fund
for training and career
development in FY21
336
graduates
$2m
INVESTED
To do this, it is critical we focus on our people’s wellbeing and everyday
experience at work, adopt agile ways of working to empower our people
and put our customers first, as well as invest in digital solutions to
leverage people data and insights. We are also prioritising attracting
top talent, upskilling and reskilling our people to build the skills of the
future and shifting to a purpose-driven high-performance culture.
We continually develop and strengthen our relationships with industry
bodies and government to ensure we remain part of the conversations
helping to shape the future of work in New Zealand.
Materiality
True transformation requires a behavioural and mindset change and a
meaningful shift to a new way of working. Combined with the current
volatility, uncertainty, complexity and ambiguity of the world, the
amount of change within the Group has meant we needed to find a
more dynamic, constant and mobile engagement tool that enables
frequent surveying feedback as well as ensuring a heightened focus
on our team members’ wellbeing and safety.
In addition, rapidly changing technology, shifting demographics and
a growing concern for climate outcomes are shaping the future of
work. As customer expectations continue to evolve, we need to make
significant improvements to accelerate performance and attract future
talent. The next few years will see deliberate and ongoing change as we
embed agile ways of working and embrace future of work environments.
This is a long-term undertaking and the financial investment in
technology, accelerated learning experiences, talent development,
and health, safety and wellbeing will be critical to empower, equip and
enable our people to bring to life the purpose and vision of the Group.
Future focus areas
• Developing a talent-to-value approach that ensures we place our
best talent in our most critical roles and dynamically manage their
performance and development
• Develop a purpose-driven high-performance culture
• Be the best place to work to attract and retain critical talent for
tomorrow’s workforce
• Accelerate learning and development to build an adaptive and
future-ready workforce that can thrive in an agile and fast-paced
environment.
Our People
Employment brand
awareness of 82%
Employment brand
attractiveness of 35%
(FY20: 86%)
(FY20: 36%)
43
Integrated Annual Report 2021
44
The Warehouse Group
Financial Capital
Our initiatives focus on four commitments to ensure efficient
utilisation of financial capital to compete and enable growth:
• Financial resilience
• Total shareholder return
• Allocation of capital
• Access to capital
During the 2021 financial year, we have delivered on the key financial
capital focus areas we highlighted last year. We have embedded
financial processes across the business to enable agile ways of working.
We have established a Quarterly Business Review (QBR) process
providing transparency of strategic priorities to the wider group and
allocating resources to these priorities. The QBR process is informed
by an Annual Business Plan (ABP) which reflects near term strategic
priorities within our Five-Year Plan. We have continued to invest in the
development of our Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system and
have further developed our risk management framework.
Financial Resilience
For The Warehouse Group, financial resilience means maintaining
financial flexibility through strong capital management. In the last two
years this has been more important than ever. During the uncertainty
of COVID-19 and in times of Level 3 and 4 lockdowns when our stores
are unable to open and we have seen significant decreases in revenue,
we have maintained our ability to pay our people and keep the business
going due to our strong cash position, working capital and cash
preservation initiatives. We applied for and received the wage subsidy
in FY20 at the height of the uncertainty. As we rebuilt our financial
resources we were able to repay this subsidy during FY21.
Total Group Revenue was $3.4b in FY21, an increase of 7.6% on
FY20. Our brands have benefitted from a sustained period of strong
consumer spending with The Warehouse sales up 5.8% to $1,805m,
while Warehouse Stationery sales grew by 2.2% to $275m. Noel Leeming
and Torpedo7 both continued their stellar growth trajectory, with Noel
Leeming sales increasing 11.7% to $1,128m and Torpedo7 sales increasing
22.2% to $159m in FY21.
Continuing to improve gross profit margin has been a highlight of FY21.
Gross profit margin has improved from 32.6% to 36.4% and reflects a
range of pricing and inventory management initiatives that are being
embedded into the business.
Strong cash flows ensured we closed the FY21 financial year with cash
on hand and deposits of $160.5m compared to $168.1m at the end of
FY20. The Group revised its liquidity policy in response to last year’s
COVID-19 pandemic and now operates to a target liquidity range of
between $350m to $450m. Unutilised committed bank facilities of
$330m plus cash deposits of $160.5m provided liquidity of $490.5m
at year end.
FINANCIALFINANCIAL
CAPITAL
The strength of cash flows and cash position allowed the Group to
return to paying dividends during FY21. The Group paid a special
dividend of 5.0 cents per share (cps) in March 2021 and an interim
dividend of 13.0 cps in April 2021.
The Group’s largest term commitment is its leased property portfolio.
The Group maintains lease profile flexibility by having the majority of
store lease renewals within five years and the majority of lease final
expiry dates less than 10 years. Our store lease Weighted Average
Lease Term (WALT) until next term renewal date as at FY21 year end
was 3.9 years, compared to WALT of 4.3 years as at the end of FY20.
Total Shareholder Return
We strive to reward our shareholders with a consistently strong
return on investment. While FY20 saw a downturn in all domestic and
international financial markets due to COVID-19 uncertainty across
the world and all industries, confidence rebounded favourably in
FY21. Given the strong capital markets and our successful delivery
of strategic initiatives, we saw an increase in the Group’s share price
of 66.2% in FY21, compared with a decline of 9.6% in FY20. This is
benchmarked against an NZX50 capital index return of 5.0% in FY21,
compared to an index return of 5.4% in FY20.
The growth in share price, combined with the special and interim
dividends paid in FY21, has resulted in Annual Total Shareholder Return
(TSR) of 74.9% for FY21 year (FY20: TSR decrease of 6.1%).
As part of the FY21 strategy process, the Group has focused on Return
on Invested Capital (“ROIC”) as its preferred measure of business
performance. ROIC represents the return generated by the operating
assets of the business and, relative to Return on Funds Employed,
includes the value of Right of Use Assets which largely relate to
leased premises of physical stores, distribution centres and fulfilment
centres. Major drivers of ROIC are capital turns (asset efficiency) and
profit margin (profitability). The Group plans to use these drivers to
understand how key initiatives are driving ROIC improvement. The
Group is delivering shareholder value where ROIC is greater than its
cost of capital. In FY21 ROIC was 17.5% (FY20: 5.1%). This was driven by
Allocation of capital
20.8%
16.2%
5.7%
32.8%
24.5%
Core Systems$20.8m
Digital and
Customer
$17.7m
Store Renewals$13.7m
Supply Chain$4.9m
Other$27.9m
45
Integrated Annual Report 2021
a material increase in profit margin as evidenced in the strengthened
gross profit margins across the Group’s brands, as well as cost control
initiatives reducing cost of doing business as a percentage of sales.
The final dividend for the 2021 financial year of 17.5 cents per share,
bringing total dividends for the 2021 financial year to 35.5 cents
per share. The final dividend has been declared on the basis that
New Zealand is predominantly at Alert Level 2 or below from the end
of October 2021.
Allocation of Capital
As indicated previously, we are committed to investing in our supply
chain, our stores and our systems to enable the delivery of our strategy
and deliver growth across the Group.
Capital expenditure in FY21 was $85.0m, a significant increase from
$63.1m in FY20. While this is less than our guidance range of $100-
$120m, this is significantly higher than annual capital expenditure over
the past five years, as we invest in operational change and invest in
growth areas of the business. We are conscious that we spend capital
on the right initiatives and projects which will deliver on our strategic
priorities and drive shareholder value.
We continue to balance capital expenditure rigour with the need to
strategically move quickly.
The Group’s major investments in the year were developing our core
systems including ERP finance and inventory systems, Warehouse
Management System and cloud-based Master Data Management.
Significant investment was made in customer focused digital initiatives
including the Group eCommerce platform for our brand sites, and
further development of TheMarket.com.
Store renewals capital expenditure included the new The Warehouse,
Warehouse Stationery and Noel Leeming stores at Ormiston, the Noel
Leeming Silverdale expansion and the new Torpedo7 store in Napier.
In addition to Ormiston, seven further SWAS stores were opened during
the year including Masterton, Lyall Bay, Whanganui, Oamaru, Riccarton,
Te Awamutu and New Plymouth The Valley.
Capital expenditure increased as a percentage of depreciation from 108.4%
in FY20 to 153.9% in FY21 due to our commitment to increased investment
in our strategic priorities, growth of the business and platform development.
As we continue to invest in platform development and strategic growth
initiatives, we expect capital expenditure in FY22 to be in the range of
$115m to $135m and expect capital expenditure to remain at this level
for the coming years.
Access to capital
Our financial commitment is to maintain access to diverse capital
sources. The Group maintains three primary sources of capital -
operating cash flow, debt, and equity. Operating cash flow was $247.3m
in FY21 compared to $408.0m in FY20, the movement primarily due
to the Group’s increase to positive working capital as inventory levels
returned to more normal levels, and after accounting for the receipt and
repayment of the Government COVID-19 wage subsidy..
Available facilities as at year end included committed bank debt facilities
of $330m (undrawn at balance date). We intend to convert a number of
our bank facilities into Sustainability Linked Loans. We are committed to
our sustainability targets and putting Sustainability Linked Loans in place
provides further weight to this commitment.
During the year Foodstuffs sold down their 9% shareholding in the
Group. This sell down has substantially increased the Group’s free float
on the New Zealand Stock Exchange (NZX) to 30% and will improve
liquidity, which has been a barrier to some investors. The Warehouse
Group has been listed on the NZX for 26 years and is committed to
maintaining this as a viable source of capital. Our market capitalisation
was $1.2b at FY21 year end, increasing to $1.3b at the date of this report,
and it is our ambition to return to being included in the NZX50.
Significance
Financial capital enables the Group to execute on the various initiatives
we identify as important for the long-term sustainability of the Group
and development of its capital base (financial and non-financial). Our
strategy is focused on developing all six capitals within the business.
Therefore in some parts of our strategy we are investing in areas of the
business where goals are linked to non-financial measures but the ability
to develop, implement and achieve them is dependent on the financial
resources of the Group.
Growth in financial capital and financial results is not only a key focus of
the Group, but also an enabler of delivering results for the betterment of
all our stakeholders.
Materiality
'Do Good' is a value within the Group that displays our commitment
to our people and our planet and delivering great value to customers
with our products. To deliver on that commitment, the Group needs to
also have a robust financial capital base. We have focused on achieving
a strong balance sheet that provides capital headroom to weather
potential downturns and fund investment in value-enhancing initiatives
and strategies. Financial discipline is of utmost importance to us and is
core to making sure that we are here for good and for all New Zealanders.
Future focus areas
• Continue to develop planning and reporting processes that support
and enable agile ways of working and efficient allocation of all capital
• Diversity and tenor of bank facilities to support target liquidity
• Implement the financial component of the finance and inventory
ERP system
• Continue building risk management capability and maturity.
Financial capital
$160.5m
FY20: $168.1m
Compared with
target liquidity range
of $350m to $450m
FY20: decrease of 6.1%
Final Dividend 17.5cps
Total Dividend 35.5cps
Cash on hand
74.9%74.9%
Total
shareholder
return
$
490.5m
Liquidity at
year end
46
The Warehouse Group
Our Environment
In FY21 we have accelerated the deployment of sustainability
throughout our value chain and expanded our efforts to engage our
stakeholders on the risks and opportunities of sustainability leadership.
We continue to adapt our business to changing consumer behaviours
and government regulation which are impacting our business and the
retail industry at large. Our efforts continue to build on the programmes
we have established over the past few years. They represent our
founder’s legacy and manifest the Group’s purpose of helping Kiwis
live better every day.
As New Zealand’s largest general merchandise retailer with a footprint
that touches every Kiwi, we are harnessing our resources to drive
towards a low carbon, circular economy that benefits our business,
our people, our communities, and our planet.
Product sustainability
Improving the sustainability attributes in our products is a key focus
of our Sustainable & Affordable
1
platform. This means offering more
sustainably sourced products with certified ingredients, recyclable
or recycled content, and sustainable packaging options.
Our target is to have 50% of our private label
2
sales derived from
products with sustainable features and packaging by 2025. In FY21
we carried over 11,500 SKUs with a sustainable attribute, accounting
for $176 million in sales.
We have clear policies to guide our buyers and sourcing teams on the
design and procurement of products with enhanced sustainability
features and packaging, including step-by-step guidance on how to
substantiate claims and communicate these responsibly to customers.
We also have policies which address specific commodities that carry
known environmental or human rights hazards within the supply chain.
At present these include cotton sourcing, sustainable forest
management (paper and wood products), responsibly sourced cocoa
and palm oil, and a prohibition on certain microplastics and glitter. These
policies, our membership of initiatives like Better Cotton Initiative
3
(BCI)
and the Forest Stewardship Council, along with certifications such as
OEKO-TEX 100, and Rainforest Alliance, help extend our influence to the
origin of the supply chain and give our customers confidence that their
purchases are making a positive difference.
We sold over 8,400 apparel and home textile products sourced through
the Better Cotton Initiative (BCI). This represents around 65% of our
annual cotton consumption. BCI production methods are at the origin of
our cotton supply chain for many of our textile products such as towels,
sheeting, t-shirts, and denim.
In addition to seeking to improve the material characteristics of our
product ranges, the ethical audit and supplier screening each of
our private label factories must undergo includes a review of their
manufacturing practices from an environmental standpoint.
In these audits we review any external environmental accreditation such
as ISO 14001, or OEKO-TEX 100, review the factories’ environmental
management resources such as policies, environmental hazard registers,
and records associated with energy and water conservation. We also
physically assess the actions taken to monitor wastewater discharge,
control air pollutants, dispose of solid waste, enable recycling, and deal
with any hazardous wastes. Any environmental shortcomings identified
in the audit are remedied within the larger corrective action plan arising
from the audit. Factories’ environmental audit scores averaged 88% in
OUROUR
ENVIRONMENT
FY21, and no suppliers were identified as having any major environmental
non-conformances.
Waste minimisation
The Group's waste reduction ambitions address two key areas:
1. Targeting zero waste in our own operations by reducing unnecessary,
non-recyclable packaging, and minimising our operational waste
to landfill.
The main sources of Group operational waste include waste from
our distribution centres, our daily store operations, store renovation,
and daily operations in our Store Support Office. By working with our
national waste and recycling service providers, we diverted 77.9% of
our operational waste from landfills in FY21. Of the waste that was
sent to landfills, most went to locations that have recovery facilities
to reduce the negative climate impacts of landfill gas.
While New Zealand does not have commercial incineration facilities for
disposal of waste, many landfills have Landfill Gas Recovery Facilities
(LGRF) to capture the greenhouse gas generated from the breakdown
of organic matters. In FY21, 96.3% of landfill waste from The Warehouse
Group was sent to landfills with LGRF. In FY21, The Warehouse Group
disposed of 0.046 tonnes of hazardous waste.
We provide waste minimisation solutions throughout the value
chain. At our North Island Distribution Centres, we work directly
with a fibre recycler and a plastic wrap recycler, diverting more
than 1,300 tonnes of recyclable waste from landfills. At our stores,
we work with our national waste and recycling service providers
to supply comprehensive waste minimising solutions, including
comingle recycling, paper recycling, and cardboard recycling. At our
Store Support Office, we provide a wide variety of recycling services
to our team members.
This year, we are pleased to have become an Impact Partner of All
Heart New Zealand, a charity that helps corporates redirect and
repurpose unwanted and redundant items. Through this partnership,
we redirected or repurposed 88,012kg of redundant items from
landfills, and gave these items a new life within communities in need.
2. Expanding new post-consumer waste recycling solutions and playing
our part in creating a circular economy in New Zealand.
In FY21 we expanded our collaboration with industry partners to
introduce new waste diversion solutions for our customers. At Noel
Leeming, 16 stores are providing customers with e-waste recycling
solutions, a programme we launched with TechCollect NZ to provide
the Ministry for the Environment with insights that inform the design
of the upcoming mandatory scheme on product stewardship. In six
months, we have collected more than 33 tonnes of e-waste from
our customers, showing a robust demand for such solutions. In
addition, 29 The Warehouse stores offer soft plastic recycling and
three Auckland-based The Warehouse stores have launched a new
recycling programme with TerraCycle NZ to help our customers
recycle such items like razors and coffee capsules.
Climate action
In December 2020 we were awarded an A- score by the Carbon
Disclosure Project, putting us in the highest leadership category and
acknowledging that we are implementing current best practices in
the fight against climate change.
1, Sustainable & Affordable is The Warehouse’s guiding statement and branding device representing our aspiration to become one of New Zealand’s most sustainable companies while still
delivering great value to our customers.
2. Brands owned by The Warehouse Group sold in The Warehouse and Warehouse Stationery.
3. https://bettercotton.org/
47
Integrated Annual Report 2021
OUR TARGETS AND FY21 PROGRESS
Some progress
Significant
progress
In progressAchieved
Diverted 77.9% (10,202.6 tonnes) of operational waste from
landfills, an increase of 12.9% year on year.
2
FY20: 76.7% (9,040.2 tonnes)
• Collected and recycled 39.8 tonnes of soft plastics, equivalent
to 6.2 million plastic bags or wrappers
• 29 The Warehouse stores offer Soft Plastic Recycling Scheme
• 3 The Warehouse stores offer TerraCycle NZ recycling service
• 16 Noel Leeming stores offer e-waste recycling service
• All Noel Leeming stores offer RE:MOBILE mobile phone
recycling service
• Collected and recycled 33.2 tonnes of e-waste
• Collected and recycled 74.9 tonnes of expanded
polystyrene, whiteware and e-waste packaging
1. Brands owned by The Warehouse Group sold in The Warehouse and Warehouse Stationery.
2. Operational waste is calculated from an annual report of the Group’s waste processing from all our waste and recycling service providers and extracted relevant landfill and recycling data to calculate the
total annual waste and landfill waste data for the Group.
3. Scope 1 and 2 emissions increased compared to FY20 due to reduced operations as a result of 7 weeks of COVID-19 lockdown periods during the FY20 financial year.
4. Includes diesel 2,448,632 litres (93,562 GJ), jet fuel 63,865 litres (2,956 GJ), LPG 212,740 kg (5,646 GJ), petrol - premium 33,586 litres (1,188 GJ), and petrol - regular 28,108 litres (989 GJ).
5. Source data from certified TWG 2021 Carbonzero Emissions audit. Conversion factors applied from Ministry for the Environment “Measuring Emissions: A Guide for Organisations: 2020 Detailed Guide”.
6. Includes Diesel, LPG, Electricity, Petrol, Jet Kerosene energy consumption used within the organisation.
7. Includes Diesel, LPG, Electricity, Petrol, Jet Kerosene energy consumption used within the organisation compared to FY19 (FY20 as unusual due to reduced operations as a result of 7 weeks of COVID-19
lockdown periods during the FY20 financial year).
Product sustainability Our key initiatives to ensure sustainability of products, supply and ethical sourcing by 2025 are:
Climate Action Our key initiatives to achieve our 2025 carbon emissions reduction targets are:
Waste Minimisation Our key initiatives to achieve our 2025 waste minimisation targets are:
Target
Target
Target
FY21 Progress
FY21 Progress
FY21 Progress
• In FY21, 11,500 stock keeping units (SKUs) carried a sustainable
feature, accounting for over $176m in sales
• We estimate that in FY21 15% of private label sales were derived
from products with sustainable features
50% of our private label
1
sales from products
with sustainable features and packaging by 2025
*Scope 3 excludes trade supplier emissions
Increased 5.0%
compared to FY20
3
60% of the Group’s passenger fleet is full EV
FY20: 30%
25% of stores have full LED lighting
(Converted 10 stores in FY21). FY20: 20%
• 2 sites identified for rooftop solar installation in FY22
• 23 sites shortlisted for further review
➜
➜
➜
➜
➜
➜
Decreased 2.7%
compared to FY19
FY21
Total energy consumption within the
organisation
FY21 Energy intensity ratio
6
FY21 Reduction of energy consumption
7
Total fuel consumption
4,5
104,341 GJ
Total electricity consumption 329,304 GJ
127 GJ / $million of revenue
Total energy consumption
29,588 GJ reduction = 6.4% reduction on FY19
Scope 1 & 2 emissions (tonnes CO
2
e)
Scope 3 emissions (tonnes CO
2
e) – non-trade*
17,478
FY15FY16FY17FY18FY19FY20FY21
16,912
14,002
14,883
12,635
11,707
12,292
22,340
23,404
25,511
25,969
26,564
24,32624,392
433,645 GJ
(91,474,062 kWh)
Zero Waste by increasing operational
waste diversion to 90%
Offer consumer waste recycling solutions
in 100% of our store catchments
Expand e-waste solutions to 100% of
our store catchments by end-2022
Reduce absolute Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions
by 42% by 30 June 2030 (from a 2020 baseline)
100% transition of passenger fleet to EV by 2025
75% of stores with 100% LED lighting by 2025
Solar energy generation with community benefits
on up to 10 sites or 2MWp of capacity by 2025
48
The Warehouse Group
The Group’s climate action addresses three key areas:
1. Carbon neutrality through our ongoing commitment to the Toitū
Envirocare carbonzero programme. Since 2019 we have voluntarily
offset 100% of our Group carbon emissions each year by investing in
gold standard, clean development mechanism projects, supporting
the communities in which we operate including India and China.
In FY21, the Group also offset 13,000 tonnes of emissions via a
New Zealand Permanent Forestry Sink Initiative (PFSI) project.
Our annual carbon emissions reporting follows the strictest audit
standards (carbonzeroCertTM) of our reporting partner, Toitū
Envirocare. Our reduction targets are aligned with the New Zealand
Climate Leaders Coalition commitments, which reflect the Paris
Agreement guidelines. The Group is certified in accordance with
ISO 14064-1:2006.
2. Emissions reduction through the ongoing implementation of
our active emissions reduction programme. This includes the
continuation of transitioning our light commercial vehicle fleet
to electric vehicles (EV), LED lighting upgrades in our stores,
minimising operational waste and directing waste to methane
capture landfill facilities. These initiatives have resulted in total
energy consumption reduction of 6.4% against FY19.
In FY21 the Group’s Scope 1 and 2 emissions increased by 5.0%
and total emissions increased by 1.8%, compared to FY20. This was
expected given the comparative period included a seven-week
COVID-19 lockdown. In FY21, we saw a reduction in Scope 1 and 2
emissions of 2.7% and total emissions reduction of 6.4% compared
to FY19. The Group’s Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions intensity
ratio was 10.74 total gross GHG emissions per revenue ($million) in
FY21, a decrease of 5.4% compared to FY20 and 25.3% compared
to our baseline year of FY15.
3. Leadership in climate action through collaboration with industry
including with freight partners and government agencies. In
partnership with the Energy Efficiency & Conservation Authority
(EECA) we launched our first fleet of home delivery EV trucks in
Auckland, Hamilton, Tauranga and Christchurch this year. We are
also assessing the viability of long-haul hydrogen fuel transportation
and have a roadmap for solar generation on our property rooftops.
These initiatives will deliver meaningful emission reductions for our
business and the communities we serve.
The Group also surveyed its private label manufacturers on a wide range
of sustainability competencies including any practices and data in relation
to GHG emissions and Science Based Targets. The survey is the first step
of a wider Supply Chain Engagement programme and will inform our
future approach to influencing the reduction of this important source
of carbon emissions within our value chain (Scope 3 Carbon Emissions).
Carbon and energy emissions are obtained from Toitū certified emissions
data. For further emissions and energy related GRI reporting metrics
please refer to The Warehouse Group Emissions Inventory Report on
our website.
Significance
We believe that transitioning to a decarbonised, circular economy can
spur innovation and deliver significant economic value to New Zealand
and our business. Given our size and footprint, we can play a critical role
in providing leadership and driving this transition. The urgency of this
effort was highlighted in the latest Intergovernmental Panel on Climate
Change (IPCC) report
1
calling for immediate action for the world to stay
within 1.50c of warming against the pre-industrial age.
We see growing market demand, shifting consumer behaviours, and
looming regulations requiring business to take action and embrace
sustainability practices through their entire value chain. These
requirements are having an increasingly material impact on the retail
sector, with a wider number of customers looking for both sustainable
and affordable options. This trend is also crystallising in large
procurement contracts, where commercial customers and government
agencies are increasingly selecting suppliers based on sustainability
performance. We believe our leadership and in-house expertise is
positioning us well to benefit from these shifts.
For example, the Group was recently selected as a new supplier to the
Government Office Supplies Panel run by the Ministry of Business,
Innovation and Employment (MBIE). Our curated range is designed to
encourage the purchasing of more sustainable products by government
agencies in support of MBIE’s broader outcomes and objectives,
including low carbon, sustainable packaging, certified ingredients,
products and recycling solutions.
Materiality
A survey by Colmar Brunton in April 2021 commissioned by Retail
New Zealand looked at Kiwi shopping habits and asked consumers
to spontaneously identify retailers taking the lead in sustainability.
The Warehouse was ranked first with 26% of respondents choosing
us ahead of our competitors, collecting between 10% and 14% of
respondents’ votes. This survey also shows that 85% of Kiwis are
prepared to change the retailers they buy from or the products they
buy, in order to be more sustainable, a move from which The Warehouse
Group is positioned to benefit.
Given our size and footprint, we believe the Group can play a critical role
in driving the early uptake of emerging sustainable solutions. We will
continue to take a leadership position in driving change as we have done
with the move to our Sustainable & Affordable platform, the electrification
of our corporate fleet, the expansion of our fast-charging EV stations at
our stores to support the development of a national grid, our participation
in defining a low emissions heavy transportation pathway, and the
ongoing development of new post-consumer recycling solutions.
Future focus areas
We recognise sustainability as a strategic priority that involves significant
business risks and opportunities and requires increased governance,
employees’ fluency, and technical capabilities. Over the next 12 months,
we intend to further improve our performance in the following future
focus areas:
• Build our sustainable sourcing capacity and provide more sustainable
options to our customers to deliver 50% of our private label sales from
products with sustainable features and packaging
• Develop further waste diversion and circular economy solutions
to minimise the impact of key consumer waste streams on our
environment
• Deliver against our Scope 1 and 2 emissions, Science Based Targets
and update our 2030 reduction pathway
• Work with Toll, Hiringa and other freight partners to trial renewable
fuels, including hydrogen
• Develop a programme of work to understand, measure and reduce
our Scope 3 carbon emissions
• Continue to build and update a robust set of sustainability policies
and standards to deliver consistent sustainability outcomes for our
business.
1. https://www.ipcc.ch/sr15/
Our Environment
49
Integrated Annual Report 2021
Our impact on
the environment
Our goal is to accelerate the transition to a
zero-carbon future by embedding sustainability
in every aspect of our business
50
The Warehouse Group
51
Integrated Annual Report 2021
The financial statements have been presented in a style which attempts to make them less complex and more relevant to shareholders. The note disclosures
have been grouped into six sections: ‘basis of preparation’, ‘financial performance’, ‘operating assets and liabilities’, ‘financing and capital structure’, ‘financial
risk management’ and ‘other disclosures’. Each section sets out the significant accounting policies in blue text boxes applied in producing the relevant notes,
along with details of any key judgements and estimates used. The purpose of this format is to provide readers with a clearer understanding of what drives
financial performance of the Group.
These financial statements have been approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 28 September 2021.
The Warehouse Group Limited is a limited liability company incorporated and domiciled in New Zealand. The address of its registered office is
Level 4, 4 Graham Street, PO Box 2219, Auckland.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Page
Consolidated income statement 52
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 52
Consolidated balance sheet 53
Consolidated statement of cash flows 54
Reconciliation of operating cash flows 54
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 55
BASIS OF PREPARATION
1.1 Reporting entity 56
1.2 Compliance statement 56
1.3 Basis of preparation 56
1.4 Reporting period 56
1.5 Significant transactions and events in the financial year 56
1.6 Changes in accounting policies, interpretations
and agenda decisions 57
1.7 Critical accounting judgements, 57
estimates and assumptions
1.8 Non-GAAP financial information 57
1.9 Subsequent events 57
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
2.0 Segment information 58
2.1 Operating performance 58
2.2 Depreciation and amortisation 58
2.3 Asset impairment and capital expenditure 59
2.4 Balance sheet information 59
2.5 Adjustment for NZ IFRS 16 (Leases) 59
3.0 Income and expenses 60
3.1 Other income 60
3.2 Employee expense 60
3.3 Other operating expenses 60
3.4 Auditors’ fees 60
3.5 Net interest expense 60
4.0 Taxation 61
4.1 Taxation - Income statement 61
4.2 Taxation - Balance sheet current taxation liability 61
4.3 Taxation - Balance sheet deferred taxation asset 61
5.0 Adjusted net profit 62
6.0 Earnings per share 62
Page
7.0 Dividends 63
7.1 Dividends paid 63
7.2 Dividend policy reconciliation 63
7.3 Imputation credit account 63
OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
8.0 Working capital 64
8.1 Inventory 64
8.2 Trade and other receivables 64
8.3 Trade and other payables 64
8.4 Provisions 65
9.0 Non current assets 65
9.1 Property, plant and equipment 65
9.2 Intangible assets 66
10.0 Lease liabilities and right of use assets 67
10.1 Right of use assets 67
10.2 Lease liabilities 67
10.3 Lease liability maturity analysis 67
FINANCING AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
11.0 Equity 68
11.1 Capital management 68
11.2 Bank facilities 68
11.3 Contributed equity 68
11.4 Reserves 69
11.5 Minority interest 69
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
12.0 Financial Risk Management 70
12.1 Financial risk factors 70
12.2 Derivative financial instruments 70
12.3 Liquidity risk 71
12.4 Credit risk 71
12.5 Market risk 71
OTHER DISCLOSURES
13.0 Key management 72
14.0 Commitments 72
15.0 Contingent liabilities 72
16.0 Related parties 72
Financial Statements
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
CONTENTS
Joan Withers
Board Chair
28 September 2021
Dean Hamilton
Audit and Risk Committee Chair
28 September 2021
52
The Warehouse Group
Consolidated Income Statement
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
(52 weeks) (53 weeks)
Note2021 2020
$ 000$ 000
Net profit for the period
116,210 43,698
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement
Movement in foreign currency translation reserve
55 (184)
Movement in derivative cash flow hedges
26,651 (16,598)
Movement in de-designated derivative hedges
- 226
Tax relating to movement in hedge reserve
(7,463)4,585
Other comprehensive income
19,243 (11,971)
Total comprehensive income
135,453 31,727
Attributable to:
Shareholders of the parent
136,894 32,501
Minority interest
11.5 (1,441)(774)
Total comprehensive income
135,453 31,727
Attributable to:
Total comprehensive income from continuing operations
135,453 31,696
Total comprehensive gain from discontinued operations
- 31
Total comprehensive income
135,453 31,727
Total comprehensive income from continuing operations attributable to:
Shareholders of the parent
136,894 32,470
Minority interest
11.5 (1,441)(774)
Total comprehensive income
135,453 31,696
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
(52 weeks) (53 weeks)
Note2021 2020
$ 000$ 000
Continuing operations
Retail sales
2.1 3,414,601 3,172,830
Cost of retail goods sold
8.1 (2,173,245)(2,137,950)
Gross profit
1,241,356 1,034,880
Other income
3.1 7,050 16,369
Employee expense
3.2 (573,734)(559,299)
Depreciation and amortisation expense
2.2 (149,303)(154,652)
Other operating expenses
3.3 (244,255)(247,087)
Operating profit from continuing operations
2.1 281,114 90,211
Unusual items
5.0 (86,955)14,471
Earnings before interest and tax from continuing operations
194,159 104,682
Net interest expense
3.5 (37,458)(46,710)
Profit before tax from continuing operations
156,701 57,972
Income tax expense
4.1 (40,491)(14,305)
Net profit for the period from continuing operations
116,210 43,667
Discontinued operations
Gain from discontinued operations (net of tax)
- 31
Net profit for the period
116,210 43,698
Attributable to:
Shareholders of the parent
117,651 44,472
Minority interests
11.5 (1,441)(774)
116,210 43,698
Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent relates to:
Profit from continuing operations
117,651 44,441
Gain from discontinued operations
- 31
117,651 44,472
Earnings per share attributable to shareholders of the parent
Basic earnings per share
6.0 34.1 cents 12.9 cents
Basic earnings per share - continuing operations
6.0 34.1 cents 12.9 cents
53
Integrated Annual Report 2021
Note2021 2020
$ 000$ 000
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
11.1 160,526 168,068
Trade and other receivables
8.2 79,277 84,263
Inventories
8.1 457,151 393,610
Derivative financial instruments
12.2 8,837 243
Total current assets
705,791 646,184
Non current assets
Derivative financial instruments
12.2 1,310 -
Property, plant and equipment
9.1 194,619 197,131
Intangible assets
9.2 166,991 135,566
Right of use assets
10.1 736,524 774,175
Deferred taxation
4.3 86,120101,805
Total non current assets
1,185,564 1,208,677
Total assets
2.4 1,891,355 1,854,861
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
8.3 436,579420,805
Derivative financial instruments
12.2 4,353 27,091
Taxation payable
4.2 10,878 10,982
Lease liabilities
10.3 97,812 106,467
Provisions
8.4 74,515 60,991
Total current liabilities
624,137 626,336
Non current liabilities
Lease liabilities
10.3 794,379 828,321
Provisions
8.4 23,371 23,865
Total non current liabilities
817,750 852,186
Total liabilities
2.4 1,441,887 1,478,522
Net assets
449,468 376,339
EQUITY
Contributed equity
11.3 360,235 360,061
Reserves
11.4 6,056 (13,187)
Retained earnings
85,871 30,259
Total equity attributable to shareholders
452,162 377,133
Minority interest
11.5 (2,694)(794)
Total equity
449,468 376,339
Consolidated Balance Sheet
As at 1 August 2021
54
The Warehouse Group
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
(52 weeks) (53 weeks)
Note2021 2020
$ 000 $ 000
Net profit
116,210 43,698
Non cash items
Depreciation and amortisation expense
2.2 149,303 154,652
Intangible asset impairment
9.2 - 8,028
Property, plant and equipment impairment
9.1 - 8,659
Right of use asset impairment
10.1 1,582 1,576
Share based payment expense
3.293350
Interest capitalisation
- 384
COVID-19 landlord rent relief
10.2 - (8,246)
Movement in deferred tax
4.3 8,219 (15,907)
Interest rate hedge derivatives write-off
5.0 3,340 6,427
Movement in de-designated derivative hedges
- 163
Total non cash items
162,537 156,086
Items classified as investing or financing activities
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
637 1,206
Gain on lease terminations
2.5 (1,237)(1,023)
Supplementary dividend tax credit
4.2 246 136
Total investing and financing adjustments
(354)319
Changes in assets and liabilities
Trade and other receivables
4,986 (4,643)
Inventories
(63,541)124,148
Trade and other payables
14,497 75,314
Provisions
13,030 2,815
Income tax
(104)10,269
Total changes in assets and liabilities
(31,132)207,903
Net cash flows from operating activities
247,261 408,006
(52 weeks) (53 weeks)
Note2021 2020
$ 000 $ 000
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash received from customers
3,425,114 3,182,879
COVID-19 wage subsidy
(67,550)67,550
Payments to suppliers and employees
(3,040,261)(2,775,928)
Income tax paid
(32,132)(19,879)
Interest paid
(37,910)(46,616)
Net cash flows from operating activities
247,261 408,006
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from sale of property, plant & equipment and computer software
19012,008
Purchase of property, plant & equipment and computer software
(83,180)(64,513)
Purchase of minority interest
(239)-
Net cash flows from investing activities
(83,229)(52,505)
Cash flows from financing activities
Repayment of fixed rate senior bond
3.5- (125,000)
Early termination of interest rate swaps
(9,767)
-
Lease principal repayments
(99,383)(83,833)
Treasury stock dividends received
254 115
Dividends paid to parent shareholders
(62,678)(27,883)
Dividends paid to minority shareholders
- (129)
Net cash flows from financing activities
(171,574)(236,730)
Net cash (outflow)/inflow
(7,542)118,771
Opening cash position
168,068 49,297
Closing cash position
11.1 160,526 168,068
Reconciliation of Operating Cash Flows
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
55
Integrated Annual Report 2021
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
Note
Share
Capital
Treasury
Shares
Hedge
Reserves
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Reserve
Retained
Earnings
Minority
Interest
Total
Equity
$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
Balance at the beginning of the period
365,517 (5,456)(13,017)(170)30,259 (794)376,339
Profit for the period
- - - - 117,651 (1,441)116,210
Movement in foreign currency translation reserve
- - - 55 -- 55
Movement in derivative cash flow hedges
- - 26,651 - -- 26,651
Tax relating to movement in hedge reserve
4.3- - (7,463)- - - (7,463)
Total comprehensive income
- - 19,188 55 117,651 (1,441)135,453
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Share rights charged to the income statement
- - - - - 93 93
Share rights vested
- - - - 1,697 (1,697)-
Minority put options exercised
- 174 - - (1,558)1,145 (239)
Dividends paid
7.1, 11.5- - - - (62,432)- (62,432)
Treasury stock dividends received
- - - - 254 - 254
Balance at the end of the period
365,517 (5,282)6,171 (115)85,871 (2,694)449,468
(note: 11.3) (note: 11.3) (note: 11.4) (note: 11.4) (note: 11.5)
For the 53 week period ended 2 August 2020
Balance at the beginning of the period
365,517 (5,456)(1,230)14122,469719482,033
Adjustment on adoption of NZ IFRS 16
- - - - (109,972)(38) (110,010)
Restated balance at the beginning of the period
365,517 (5,456)(1,230)1412,497681372,023
Profit for the period
- - - - 44,472 (774)43,698
Movement in foreign currency translation reserve
- - - (184)- - (184)
Movement in derivative cash flow hedges
- - (16,598)- - - (16,598)
Movement in de-designated derivative hedges
- - 226 - - - 226
Tax relating to movement in hedge reserve
4.2, 4.3- - 4,585 - - - 4,585
Total comprehensive income
- - (11,787)(184)44,472 (774)31,727
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Share rights charged to the income statement
- - - - - 350 350
Share rights vested
- - - - 922 (922)-
Dividends paid
7.1, 11.5- - - - (27,747)(129)(27,876)
Treasury stock dividends received
- - - - 115 - 115
Balance at the end of the period
365,517 (5,456)(13,017)(170)30,259 (794)376,339
(note: 11.3) (note: 11.3) (note: 11.4) (note: 11.4) (note: 11.5)
56
The Warehouse Group
1.0 BASIS OF PREPARATION
1.1 Reporting entity
The Warehouse Group Limited (the Company) and its subsidiaries (together the Group) trade in the New Zealand retail sector. The Company is a limited
liability company incorporated and domiciled in New Zealand. The Group is registered under the Companies Act 1993 and is an FMC Reporting Entity
under Part 7 of the Financial Markets Conduct Act (FMCA) 2013. The address of its registered office is Level 4, 4 Graham Street, PO Box 2219, Auckland.
The Company is listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange (NZX).
1.2 Compliance statement
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (GAAP), FMCA 2013 and NZX listing rules.
They comply with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS), other applicable Financial Reporting Standards, and
authoritative notes as appropriate for a for-profit entity. The financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).
1.3 Basis of preparation
The measurement basis adopted in the preparation of these financial statements is historical cost, as modified by the revaluation of certain assets and liabilities
at fair value. The financial statements are presented in New Zealand dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand, unless otherwise stated. Certain
comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these financial statements are set out in the accompanying notes where an accounting choice is
provided by NZ IFRS, is new or has changed, is specific to the Group’s operations or is significant or material. Where NZ IFRS does not provide any accounting
policy choice, the Group has applied the requirements of NZ IFRS but a detailed accounting policy has not been specifically included.
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. Material subsidiaries at year end are listed below.
Notes to the Financial Statements - Basis of Preparation
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
Percentage Ownership
Name of EntityPrincipal Activity
2021 2020
The Warehouse LimitedRetail
100 100
Noel Leeming Group LimitedRetail
100 100
Torpedo7 LimitedRetail
100 100
1-day LimitedOnline retail
100 100
TheMarket.Com LimitedOnline Market-place
88 89
Eldamos Investments LimitedProperty
100 100
The Warehouse Nominees LimitedInvestment
100 100
1.4 Reporting period
These financial statements are for the 52 week period 3 August 2020 to 1 August 2021. The comparative period is for the 53 week period 29 July 2019 to
2 August 2020. The Group operates on a weekly trading and reporting cycle which means most financial years represent a 52 week period, a 53 week
catch-up year occurs once every 5 to 6 years as happened last year.
1.5 Significant transactions and events in the financial year
The following significant transactions and events affected the financial performance and financial position of the Group for the year ended 1 August 2021.
Group structure
TheMarket.com
The Group structure was unchanged during the year, except for the Group's interest in TheMarket.com which decreased from 89.3% to 88.5%. In
accordance with an employee share right plan (refer note 11.4) a final tranche of shares vested to plan participants in March 2021 increasing their
minority shareholdings in TheMarket.com by 5.3%. Participants also exercised put options in accordance with the same plan which reduced (4.5%)
their shareholdings.
1-day reclassification
The 1-day business was moved from Torpedo7 to TheMarket.com as a result of an organisational change and is now reported as part of TheMarket.
com segment (refer note 2) with the comparative segment information reclassified to reflect the change. Subsequent to balance date the Group legally
amalgamated 1-day Limited with TheMarket.com Limited.
Diners Club (NZ) – discontinued operation
The Group’s discontinued Diners Club (NZ) business which ceased operating in April 2020 was placed into a formal solvent liquidation following balance date.
Impact of COVID-19
The impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic during the first half year had a number of positive impacts on the retail sector. In contrast to market
expectations, post 2020 year end the retail sector continued to experience high customer demand, above what was expected from pent up demand post
lockdown, buoyed by government support packages and spend benefit from the cancellation of overseas holidays among a number of other contributing
factors. The strong demand meant that the Group did not need to carry out the level of clearance and promotional activity that had been anticipated,
which allowed certain judgemental inventory provisions estimated in the previous period to be reversed (refer note 8.1). These positive factors in
combination with the Group's transformation initiatives, contributed to a record half year result for the Group with operating profit up 98% to $173.4 million
compared to the previous half year.
The increased profit during the half year enabled the Group to pay a special dividend of 5.0 cps in March 2021 and an interim dividend of 13.0 cps in April
2021 (refer note 7).
This strong trading performance has continued through into the second half of the year and has ensured the Group maintained a sound balance sheet.
Since balance date, the Delta variant of COVID-19 has been detected in New Zealand and a Level 4 lockdown was put in place. The Group made policy
changes during the year regarding its liquidity and dividend policies which were designed to enhance the Group’s balance sheet resilience and provide
the Group with options to withstand periods without revenue when the Group's stores are closed to customers.
57
Integrated Annual Report 2021
Notes to the Financial Statements - Basis of Preparation
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
1.6 Changes in accounting policies, interpretations and agenda decisions
Cloud Computing Arrangements
The Group has capitalised costs incurred in configuring and customising supplier’s software in cloud computing arrangements as intangible software assets,
as the Group considered that it would benefit from the costs to implement the cloud-based software over the expected terms of the cloud computing
arrangements.
In March 2021, the International Financial Reporting Interpretation Committee (IFRIC) issued an agenda decision clarifying the accounting treatment for
software implementation costs in cloud computing arrangements. IFRIC concluded that costs incurred in configuring or customising software in cloud
computing arrangements can be recognised as intangible assets only if the activities create an intangible asset that the Group controls. Costs that do
not result in intangible assets are expensed as incurred, unless they are paid to the suppliers of the cloud-based software to significantly customise the
cloud-based software for the Group, in which case the costs paid upfront are recorded as prepayments and amortised over the expected terms of the cloud
computing arrangements. Making this change will require a retrospective restatement of prior period financial statements in the year in which the revised
accounting policy is adopted.
This is a complex area and the Group is in the process of evaluating and reassessing the nature of the software costs incurred and to understand the Group's
contractual rights in relation to customisation and configuration expenditure. This will enable the Group to determine how these costs should be treated for
accounting purposes as outlined in the March 2021 IFRIC agenda decision. The Group’s review has identified more than 70 different cloud-based software
arrangements, which have an approximate combined carrying value at balance date of between $45 million to $55 million. At the time of finalising the 2021
financial statements the review process is still continuing.
It is expected to take many more months for the Group to properly evaluate its cloud-based software arrangements and identify which costs have been
appropriately capitalised from those that should be recognised as an expense or prepayment. Whilst not impacting actual cash flows the change could
reduce intangible assets and associated amortisation, increase operating expenses, and reclassify the relevant spend from an investing to an operating cash
flow. The change may also result in the recognition of prepayments or an adjustment to opening retained earnings. We expect to have a clear understanding
of the situation in the following financial year.
1.8 Non-GAAP financial information
The Group uses operating profit, earnings before tax and interest, unusual items and adjusted net profit to describe financial performance as it considers
these line items provide a better measure of underlying business performance. These non-GAAP measures are not prepared in accordance with NZ IFRS
and may not be comparable to similarly titled amounts reported by other companies. The Group’s policy regarding unusual items and adjusted net profit
is detailed in note 5.0.
1.9 Subsequent Events
Since year end New Zealand went into a country wide Alert Level 4 COVID-19 lockdown on 18 August 2021 and while the rest of the country shifted to
Alert Level 2 on 8 September 2021, Auckland remains at Alert Level 3. Level 3 and 4 lockdown restrictions severely reduce the Group's ability to trade
and the Group's sales for the first 8 weeks were down 22% compared to the same period last year. The Group’s cash on hand has reduced significantly
since balance date as a result of the decreased sales but the Group’s bank debt facilities (refer note 11.2) remain undrawn. The Group expects to recover
some of these lost sales once lock down restrictions are eased throughout the country and has declared a final dividend of 17.5 cents per share (refer
note 7.0) to be paid in December 2021 on the basis that New Zealand is predominantly at Alert Level 2 or below from the end of October 2021
1.7 Critical accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions
The preparation of the financial statements requires the Group to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that effect the reported amounts of assets
and liabilities at balance date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the year. Judgements and estimates which are material to the
financial statements are found in the following notes:
(a) Inventory (note 8.1)
(b) Lease liabilities and right of use assets (notes 10.1 and 10.2)
(c) Derivative financial instruments (note 12.2)
(d) Intangible assets (note 9.2)
1.5 Significant transactions and events in the financial year (Continued)
Liquidity Policy
The Group revised its liquidity policy in response to last year’s COVID pandemic and now operates to a preferred liquidity range of between $350 million to
$450 million (refer note 11.1). The Group had cash on hand of $160.5 million (2020: $168.1 million) at balance date that provided liquidity of $490.5 million (2020:
$498.1 million).
Dividend Policy
The Group also changed its dividend policy (refer note 7) to incorporate the Group’s liquidity position as a relevant factor in the calculation of dividend
distributions. The new policy is to distribute at least 70% of the Group's full year adjusted net profit, at the discretion of the Board and subject to trading
performance, market conditions and liquidity requirements (previously the distribution range was set between 75% to 85%).
COVID-19 wage subsidy
In December 2020, due to strong trading through the weeks leading up to Christmas, the Group made the voluntary decision to repay the Government
COVID-19 wage subsidy it received of $67.6 million. The Group classified the repayment of the wage subsidy as an unusual item as it did not relate to the
Group’s normal trading activities and similarly restated last year’s result to classify the initial receipt of the subsidy in March 2020 as an unusual item. The
reclassification has the effect of reducing 'other income' and decreasing the 'unusual item' expense on the Income Statement by $67.6 million for last year.
The reclassification also reduced the Group's adjusted net profit (refer note 5) from $80.7 million to $32.1 million for last year.
Agile Restructuring Costs
The Group concluded its move to an agile way of working, incurring redundancy and professional services costs during the year of $16.1 million (refer note 5).
58
The Warehouse Group
Notes to the Financial Statements - Financial Performance
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
2.2 Depreciation and amortisation
PPE & SoftwareRight of Use AssetsTotal
Note2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020
$ 000 $ 000 $ 000 $ 000 $ 000 $ 000
The Warehouse segment
40,59544,340 67,67570,414108,270114,754
Noel Leeming
8,4468,624 18,246 18,99026,69227,614
Torpedo7
2,1311,846 6,966 6,5039,0978,349
TheMarket.com
2,598 1,924 8501503,4482,074
Other Group operations
1,441 1,502 355 3591,7961,861
Depreciation and amortisation expense
55,211 58,236 94,092 96,416149,303154,652
Comprising
Property, plant and equipment (PPE)
9.1 41,396 45,366
Computer Software
9.2 13,815 12,870
55,211 58,236
Operating segments
The Group has four operating segments trading in the New Zealand retail sector and a start-up online market-place venture. These segments form the basis of
internal reporting used by senior management and the Board of Directors to monitor and assess performance and assist with strategy decisions. The Group has
disclosed its segment operating profit performance on a basis that excludes the impact of implementing NZ IFRS 16 (Leases - refer note 10), which is consistent
with the Group's internal reporting.
Each of the four main retail segments represent a distinct retail brand that operate throughout New Zealand. Customers can purchase product from the retail
chains either online or through the Group’s physical retail store network. The Group’s store network currently has 90 (2020: 92) The Warehouse stores, 70 (2020:
71) Warehouse Stationery stores, 71 (2020: 74) Noel Leeming stores and 21 (2020: 20) Torpedo7 stores. The Warehouse predominantly sells general merchandise
and apparel, Noel Leeming sells technology and appliance products, Torpedo7 sells sporting equipment and the Warehouse Stationery sells stationery products.
Group support office functions, such as Information Systems, Finance, Brand Executives and People Support were operated using a shared services model which
allocated the costs of these functions to individual brands calculated on an arm’s length basis. The remaining support office functions which relate to corporate
and governance functions, a property company and the Group’s interest in a chocolate factory are not allocated and form the main components of the “Other
Group operations” segment.
2.0 SEGMENT INFORMATION
2.1 Operating performance
RevenueOperating ProfitRetail Operating Margin
Note2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020
$ 000 $ 000 $ 000 $ 000 % %
The Warehouse
1,804,861 1,706,036 187,621 54,903 10.4 3.2
Warehouse Stationery
274,646 268,845 34,325 17,513 12.5 6.5
Warehouse Segment
2,079,507 1,974,881 221,946 72,416 10.7 3.7
Noel Leeming
1,128,184 1,009,975 64,879 34,160 5.8 3.4
Torpedo7
158,706 129,901 3,287 (17,708)2.1 (13.6)
TheMarket.com
1
54,455 62,520 (20,704)(14,820)
Other Group operations
7,141 6,673 (28,803)(24,796)
Inter-segment eliminations
(13,392)(11,120)- -
Group
3,414,601 3,172,830 240,605 49,252 7.0 1.6
Adjustments for NZ IFRS 16
2.5 40,509 40,959
Operating profit from continuing operations
281,114 90,211
Unusual items
5.0 (86,955)14,471
Earnings before interest and tax from continuing operations
194,159 104,682
Retail Sales
Retail sales are recognised when the customer receives the goods which typically occurs at the point of sale for instore sales or where the goods
are purchased online when the goods have been delivered to the customer. Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised at the fair value of the
consideration received or receivable, net of returns, discounts and excluding GST.
1. TheMarket includes 1-day sales of $49.8 million (2020: $61.1 million) and an operating loss of $4.5 million (2020: nil).
59
Integrated Annual Report 2021
2.3 Asset impairment and capital expenditure
Asset ImpairmentCapital Expenditure
Note2021 2020 2021 2020
$ 000 $ 000 $ 000 $ 000
The Warehouse segment
1,582 11,581 64,70347,829
Noel Leeming
- 1,599 11,812 8,349
Torpedo7
- 5,083 2,722 3,138
TheMarket.com
- - 5,462 3,362
Other Group operations
- - 256 444
1,582 18,263 84,95563,122
Reclassified as an unusual item
- (6,912)- -
Asset impairment and capital expenditure
1,582 11,351 84,95563,122
Comprising
Property, plant and equipment
9.1 - 8,659 39,71532,162
Intangible assets
9.2 - 8,028 45,24030,960
Right of use assets
10.1 1,582 1,576 --
1,582 18,263 84,95563,122
Notes to the Financial Statements - Financial Performance
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
2.4 Balance sheet information
Total AssetsTotal Liabilities
Note2021 2020 2021 2020
$ 000 $ 000 $ 000 $ 000
The Warehouse segment
477,210 425,015 353,595 319,992
Noel Leeming
189,241 169,297 149,077 161,367
Torpedo7
52,281 39,627 20,761 16,656
TheMarket.com
21,288 18,761 9,009 6,704
Other Group operations
85,062 84,914 2,023 942
Operating assets/liabilities
825,082 737,614 534,465505,661
Unallocated assets/liabilities
Cash and borrowings
160,526 168,068 - -
Derivative financial instruments
12.2 10,147 243 4,353 27,091
Right of use assets/Lease liabilities
736,524 774,175 892,191 934,788
Intangible goodwill and brands
9.2 72,956 72,956 - -
Taxation assets/liabilities
4.2, 4.3 86,120101,805 10,87810,982
Total Group
1,891,355 1,854,861 1,441,887 1,478,522
2.5 Adjustment for NZ IFRS 16 (Leases)
Total Assets
Note2021 2020
$ 000 $ 000
Pre NZ IFRS 16 Rent
134,946 136,352
Right of use asset amortisation
10.1 (94,092)(96,416)
Lease impairments
(1,582)-
Gain on lease terminations
1,237 1,023
Impact on operating profit
2.1 40,509 40,959
Lease liability interest
3.5 (38,497)(41,113)
Impact on net profit before tax (excluding unusual items)
2,012 (154)
Last year's asset impairment expense reclassified as an unusual item related to the impairment of the Torpedo 7 brand name ($2.5 million) and asset
impairments ($4.4 million) related to store closures included as part of the agile restructure costs (refer note 5.0).
60
The Warehouse Group
Notes to the Financial Statements - Financial Performance
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
3.0 INCOME AND EXPENSES
3.1 Other income
Note2021 2020
$ 000$ 000
COVID-19 landlord rent relief
10.2
-
8,246
Tenancy rents received
2,251 2,734
Other
4,799 5,389
Other income
7,050 16,369
3.2 Employee expense
2021 2020
$ 000 $ 000
Wages and salaries
534,477 549,522
Directors' fees
787 703
Performance based compensation
38,377 8,724
Equity settled share based payments expense
93 350
Employee expense
573,734 559,299
3.3 Other operating expenses
Note2021 2020
$ 000 $ 000
Other operating expenses include:
Provision for bad and doubtful debts
767 3,221
Loss on disposal of plant and equipment
637 1,294
Asset impairments
2.3
1,582 11,351
Donations
499134
Net foreign currency exchange (gain)/loss
105 (16)
3.4 Auditors’ fees
2021 2020
$ 000 $ 000
Auditing the Group financial statements
697 620
Reviewing the half year financial statements
97 93
Other services
82 46
Total fees paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers
876 759
3.5 Net interest expense
Note2021 2020
$ 000 $ 000
Interest on deposits and use of money interest received
(1,048)(713)
Interest on bank borrowings
9 127
Interest on fixed rate senior bond
-
6,210
Interest on leases
10.2
38,497 41,113
37,458 46,737
Less interest attributable to discontinued operations
- (27)
Net interest expense from continuing operations
37,458 46,710
Audit fees
Fees paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers for other services related to treasury market analysis, executive remuneration analysis, director remuneration
benchmarking, tax audit of an overseas subsidiary and agreed upon procedures at the Annual Shareholders' Meeting and over negative pledge calculations.
In accordance with the Group's policies regarding audit governance and independence this work was approved by the Group’s Audit and Risk Committee. The
Group’s policy permits the audit firm to provide non-audit services that are not considered to be in conflict with the preservation of the independence of the
auditor, subject to Audit and Risk Committee approval.
Fixed rate senior bond
The Group issued a $125 million, 5-year fixed rate senior bond on the New Zealand stock exchange in June 2015 with interest payable every six months
(15 June and 15 December) based on a 5.30% coupon. The bond was fully repaid from cash reserves in June 2020 when the bond matured.
61
Integrated Annual Report 2021
The following table details the major deferred income tax assets and (liabilities) recognised by the Group and the movements during the current and prior year.
4.3 Balance sheet - Deferred taxation asset
NoteInventoryLeases
Property, Plant
Equipment
and Software
Employee
ProvisionsDerivativesOtherTotal
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000
Opening balance
15,713 42,211 9,226 19,348 6,744 8,563 101,805
Charged/(credited) to the income statement
4.1 (2,772)(563)(2,045)(1,865)(1,681)707 (8,219)
Net charged to other comprehensive income
- - - - (7,463)(3)(7,466)
Closing balance
12,941 41,648 7,181 17,483 (2,400)9,267 86,120
For the 53 week period ended 2 August 2020
Opening balance
11,843 - 6,128 13,425 415 6,664 38,475
Adjustment on adoption of NZ IFRS 16
- 42,782 - - - - 42,782
Charged/(credited) to the income statement
4.1 3,870 (571)3,098 5,923 1,681 1,906 15,907
Net charged to other comprehensive income
- - - - 4,648 (7)4,641
Closing balance
15,713 42,211 9,226 19,348 6,744 8,563 101,805
4.2 Balance sheet - Current taxation liability
Note2021 2020
$ 000 $ 000
Opening balance
(10,982)(713)
Foreign exchange movement
(2)3
Current year income tax payable
4.1 (32,272)(30,224)
Net taxation paid
32,132 19,879
Transfer from cash flow hedge reserve
- (63)
Supplementary dividend tax credit
246 136
Closing balance
(10,878)(10,982)
The following table details the movement in income tax receivable/(payable) during the current and prior year.
4.0 TAXATION
A reconciliation between the tax expense recognised in the income statement and tax expense calculated per the statutory income tax rate is detailed below.
Income taxation
The income tax expense for the period is the tax payable on the current year’s taxable income based on the income tax rate adjusted by changes in
deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the
financial statements.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for temporary differences at the tax rates expected to apply when the assets are recovered or liabilities
are settled, based on those tax rates which are enacted or substantively enacted. The relevant tax rates are applied to the cumulative amounts of
deductible and taxable temporary differences to measure the deferred tax asset or liability.
Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be
available to utilise those temporary differences and losses. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are not recognised for temporary differences between the
carrying amount and tax bases of investments in subsidiaries and associates where the parent entity is able to control the timing of the reversal of the
temporary differences and it is probable that the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Current and deferred tax balances attributable to amounts recognised in equity are similarly recognised in equity.
Goods and services tax (GST)
The income statement and statement of cash flows have been prepared so that all components are stated exclusive of GST. All items in the balance
sheet are stated net of GST with the exception of receivables and payables which include GST invoiced.
4.1 Taxation - Income statement
Note2021 2020
$ 000$ 000
Profit before tax from continuing operations
156,701 57,972
Gain before tax from discontinued operations
- 43
Profit before tax
156,701 58,015
Taxation calculated at 28%
43,87616,244
Adjusted for the tax effect of:
Non deductible expenditure
504 693
Income tax relating to prior year property disposals and building depreciation
5.0 (3,295)(2,025)
Income tax over provided in prior year
(594)(595)
Income tax expense
40,491 14,317
Adjust for income tax expense attributable to losses from discontinued operations
- (12)
Income tax expense attributable to continuing operations
40,491 14,305
Income tax expense comprises:
Current year income tax payable
4.2 32,27230,224
Deferred taxation
4.3 8,219 (15,907)
Income tax expense
40,491 14,317
Notes to the Financial Statements - Financial Performance
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
62
The Warehouse Group
Notes to the Financial Statements - Financial Performance
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
The Group has not calculated a dilutive earnings per share as it has no dilutive potential ordinary shares which entitle a holder to ordinary shares in the
Group. Minority shareholders in TheMarket.com hold put options (refer note 11.5) which are not dilutive but entitle the minority shareholders to receive
ordinary shares in the Group if they exercise the options based on a settlement value equivalent to the fair value of the minority shareholding sold.
5.0 ADJUSTED NET PROFIT
6.0 EARNINGS PER SHARE
Adjusted net profit reconciliation
Note2021 2020
$ 000$ 000
Adjusted net profit
175,515 32,108
Add back: Unusual items
Gain on property disposals
- 88
Restructuring costs - Rise
- (22,006)
Restructuring costs - Agile
(16,065)(22,189)
Interest rate hedge derivatives write-off
12.5 (3,340)(6,427)
Brand impairment (Torpedo7)
9.2 - (2,545)
COVID-19 wage subsidy
(67,550)67,550
Unusual items before taxation and NZ IFRS 16 adjustments
(86,955)14,471
Adjustments for NZ IFRS 16
2.5 2,012 (154)
Income tax on the unusual items above
23,784 (4,009)
Income tax relating to prior year property disposals and building depreciation
4.1 3,295 2,025
Unusual items after taxation
(57,864)12,333
Net profit from continuing operations attributable to shareholders of the parent
117,651 44,441
Earnings per share calculation
Note2021 2020
Net profit attributable to shareholders of the parent ($000s)
117,651 44,472
Net profit from continuing operations attributable to shareholders of the parent ($000s)
117,651 44,441
Adjusted net profit ($000s)
5.0 175,515 32,108
Basic
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (net of treasury shares) on issue (000s)
345,301 345,286
Basic earnings per share (cents)
34.1 12.9
Basic earnings per share from continuing operations (cents)
34.1 12.9
Adjusted basic earnings per share (cents)
50.8 9.3
Unusual items
Restructuring costs - Agile
In February 2020 the Group commenced an 18-month plan to move the Group to an agile way of working with the aim of improving productivity by
shifting the Group from a traditional hierarchical organisation structure to a flatter structure. The plan included rationalising the Group's store network
by combining The Warehouse and Warehouse Stationery stores within one location and closing underperforming stores. The Group incurred redundancy
costs of $5.6 million (2020: $13.7 million) and asset impairment costs last year connected with the store closures (2020: $4.4 million) as part of the transition
process. The Group partnered with the same consultancy firm which helped with the “Rise’ transformation program to assist with the agile transition and
incurred consultancy fees which were linked to the achievement of specified outcomes.
COVID-19 wage subsidy
In December 2020, the Group made the voluntary decision to repay the Government COVID-19 wage subsidy it received in March 2020.
Income tax
The Group has recently resolved an uncertain tax position regarding the tax treatment of a gain arising from the sale of surplus land in 2019, resulting in
a reduction in the current tax liability and tax expense of $3.3 million.
Last year depreciation on buildings was reintroduced for tax purposes allowing the Group to claim a tax deduction during the current year on its buildings
based on a straight-line basis depreciation rate set at 1.5%. This increased the tax base of the Group's buildings by $7.2 million last year and reduced the
difference between the accounting carrying value and the tax base, resulting in an increase in deferred tax assets and a reduction in the tax expense of
$2.0 million.
Certain transactions can make the comparison of profits between years difficult. The Group uses adjusted net profit as a key indicator of performance
and considers it a better measure of underlying business performance. The Group's also uses adjusted net profit as the basis for determining dividend
distributions. Adjusted net profit makes allowance for the after tax effect of unusual items which are not directly connected with the Group’s normal
trading activities. The Group defines unusual items as any gains or losses from property disposals, goodwill and brand impairment, costs relating to
business acquisitions or disposals, ineffective hedge derivatives and costs connected with restructuring the Group. Following the implementation of
NZ IFRS 16 (Leases - refer note 10.0) the non-cash impact relating to the new lease accounting standard is also excluded from adjusted net profit.
The repayment of the COVID-19 wage subsidy during the year is considered a non-trading item, together with the corresponding receipt in the prior
year and are classified as unusual items.
Earnings per share (EPS) is the amount of post tax profit attributable to each share. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing net profit attributable to
shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares (net of treasury shares) outstanding during the year. Continuing and adjusted basic
EPS are similarly calculated using continuing and adjusted net profit as the numerator.
63
Integrated Annual Report 2021
7.0 DIVIDENDS
7.1 Dividends paid
2021 2020 2021 2020
$ 000$ 000
CENTS PER
SHARE
CENTS PER
SHARE
Prior year final dividend
- 27,747 - 8.0
Special dividend
17,342 - 5.0 -
Interim dividend
45,090 - 13.0 -
Total dividends paid
62,432 27,747 18.0 8.0
7.2 Dividend policy reconciliation
Note2021 2020 2021 2020
$ 000$ 000
CENTS PER
SHARE
CENTS PER
SHARE
Special dividend
17,342 - 5.0 -
Interim dividend
45,090 - 13.0 -
Final dividend (declared after balance date)
60,698 - 17.5 -
Total dividends declared in respect of the current financial year
123,130- 35.5-
Group adjusted net profit
5.0 175,515 32,108
Pay-out ratio (%)
70.2 % 0.0 %
7.3 Imputation credit account
2021 2020
$ 000$ 000
Imputation credits at balance date available for future distribution
142,492 133,689
Dividend policy
The Group did not declare a final dividend and cancelled its interim dividend relating to the last financial year due to the uncertainties around the impact
of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Group’s financial position has since improved as a result of a stronger than expected trading performance throughout this
year’s Christmas trading period, prompting the Board to declare a special dividend in February 2021. The Board would typically only declare two dividends
annually, the first in respect of the half year (interim dividend) and the second in respect of the full year results (final dividend).
Following the uncertainty of last year’s trading conditions and being wary of the necessity to have a strong balance sheet the Board reviewed the dividend
policy, which included benchmarking the Group’s dividend policy against the policies of other listed retailers. As a result of this review the Board approved
a new dividend policy in March 2021. The new policy is to distribute at least 70% of the Group's full year adjusted net profit, at the discretion of the Board
and subject to trading performance, market conditions and liquidity requirements (previously the distribution range was set between 75% to 85%).
In accordance with this new policy the Board declared a fully imputed final dividend of 17.5 cents per ordinary share on 28 September 2021 to be paid on
3 December 2021 to all shareholders on the Group's share register at the close of business on 18 November 2021. The final dividend was declared on the
basis that New Zealand is predominantly at Alert Level 2 or below from the end of October 2021..
The above amounts represent the balance of the Group’s imputation credit account at balance date adjusted for imputation credits that would arise from
the payment of the amount of the remaining current year provision for income taxation.
Notes to the Financial Statements - Financial Performance
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
64
The Warehouse Group
Notes to the Financial Statements - Operating Assets and Liabilities
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
8.0 WORKING CAPITAL
8.1 Inventory
2021 2020
$ 000$ 000
Finished goods
413,352 382,380
Inventory provisions
(21,966)(36,943)
Retail stock
391,386 345,437
Goods in transit from overseas
65,765 48,173
Inventory
457,151 393,610
8.2 Trade and other receivables
2021 2020
$ 000 $ 000
Trade receivables
36,193 40,035
Prepayments
12,528 14,764
Rebate accruals and other debtors
30,556 29,464
Trade and other receivables
79,277 84,263
8.3 Trade and other payables
2021 2020
$ 000 $ 000
Local trade creditors and accruals
266,486285,226
Foreign currency trade creditors
93,524 55,810
Goods in transit creditors
17,883 19,669
Capital expenditure creditors
3,018 1,250
Goods and services tax
10,15514,329
Reward schemes, Lay-bys, Christmas Club deposits and gift vouchers
22,036 20,503
Payroll accruals
23,477 24,018
Trade and other payables
436,579420,805
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is calculated using a weighted average method and includes expenditure
incurred to purchase the inventory and transport it to its current location. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price of the inventory in the
ordinary course of business less costs necessary to make the sale. The cost of inventories consumed during the period are recognised as an expense
and included in cost of goods sold in the Income Statement.
Trade receivables arise from sales made to customers on credit or through the collection of rebates from suppliers not otherwise deducted from
suppliers’ payable accounts. Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally on 30 to 60 day terms. Trade receivables are recognised
based on the value of the invoice sent to the customer and adjusted for expected credit losses to provide for future unrecovered debts. The expected
collectability of trade and other receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis.
Trade payables represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. The amounts are
normally unsecured and local creditors typically settled within 60 days and foreign creditors up to 120 days of recognition. Due to the short term nature
of these payables, their carrying value is assumed to approximate their fair value.
Significant judgements and estimates
Assessing provisions for inventory obsolescence, net realisable value and shrinkage involves making estimates and judgements in relation to future selling
prices and expected shrinkage rates between the most recent store stock counts and balance date. Shrinkage is a reduction in inventory due to shoplifting,
employee theft, paperwork errors and supplier fraud. The Group considers a wide range of factors including historical data, current trends and product
information from buyers as part of the process to determine the appropriate value of these provisions.
Goods in transit from overseas
Goods in transit from overseas are recognised when title to the goods is passed to the Group. Title to the goods is passed when valid documents (which
usually include a ‘bill of lading’) are received, and terms, as set out in a supplier's letter of credit or in the supplier's terms of trade, are met.
65
Integrated Annual Report 2021
9.0 NON CURRENT ASSETS
A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is
probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.
Employee entitlements
(i) Annual leave and sick leave
Liabilities for annual leave and accumulating sick leave expected to be settled within 12 months of the reporting date are recognised in provisions
in respect of employees' services up to the reporting date and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.
Liabilities for non-accumulating sick leave are recognised when the leave is taken and measured at the rates paid or payable.
(ii) Performance based compensation
The Group recognises a liability and expense for incentives payable to employees where either a contractual or constructive obligation arises to pay
an employee based on achieving an agreed level of individual and company performance.
(iii) Long service leave
The liability for long service leave is recognised in the provision for employee benefits and measured as the present value of expected future
payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the reporting date. Consideration is given to expected future wage and
salary levels, experience of employee departures and periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the
reporting date on New Zealand government bonds with terms to maturity that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.
Make good provision
The Group has an obligation to restore certain leasehold sites to their original condition when the lease expires. This provision represents the present
value of the expected future make good commitment. Amounts charged to the provision represent both make good costs incurred and costs incurred
which mitigate the final liability prior to the lease expiry.
Sales return
The Group provides various guarantees and warranties to replace, repair or refund customers for faulty or defective products sold. This provision
represents the estimated sales return obligation at balance date based on historical sale return rates.
Property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. The cost of purchased property, plant and
equipment is the value of the consideration given to acquire the assets inclusive of directly attributable costs incurred to bring the assets to the location
and condition necessary for their intended use.
Property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight line basis to allocate the cost, less any residual value, over their useful life. The estimated
useful life of property, plant and equipment are as follows:
• Freehold land indefinite • Freehold buildings 50 - 100 years
• Plant and equipment 3 - 15 years • Work in progress not depreciated
The Group annually reviews the carrying amounts of property, plant and equipment for impairment. An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately
to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount. In assessing whether an asset is impaired,
reference is made to individual store profitability and any other known events or circumstances that may indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may
be impaired.
Gains and losses on disposals of assets are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount. These gains and losses are included in the
income statement. Costs incurred on repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement during the financial period in which they are incurred.
8.4 Provisions
CurrentNon-currentTotal
2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020
$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000
Employee entitlements
67,603 53,568 15,667 16,048 83,270 69,616
Make good provision
1,471 834 7,704 7,817 9,175 8,651
Sales return provision
5,441 6,589 - - 5,441 6,589
Total provisions
74,515 60,991 23,371 23,865 97,886 84,856
9.1 Property, plant and equipment
Land and BuildingsPlant and EquipmentWork in ProgressTotal
Note2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020
$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000
Cost
93,527 93,498 638,450 651,544 10,785 9,702 742,762 754,744
Accumulated depreciation
(14,193)(13,086)(531,438)(520,497)- - (545,631)(533,583)
Opening carrying amount
79,334 80,412 107,012 131,047 10,785 9,702 197,131 221,161
Additions
2.2 - 229 39,111 30,850 604 1,083 39,715 32,162
Disposals
- (200)(831)(1,967)- - (831)(2,167)
Impairment
2.2 - - - (8,659)- - - (8,659)
Depreciation
2.2 (1,100)(1,107)(40,296)(44,259)- - (41,396)(45,366)
Closing carrying amount
78,234 79,334 104,996 107,012 11,389 10,785 194,619 197,131
Cost
93,527 93,527 657,409 638,450 11,389 10,785 762,325 742,762
Impairment & accumulated depreciation
(15,293)(14,193)(552,413)(531,438)- - (567,706)(545,631)
Closing carrying amount
78,234 79,334 104,996 107,012 11,389 10,785 194,619 197,131
Notes to the Financial Statements - Operating Assets and Liabilities
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
66
The Warehouse Group
Notes to the Financial Statements - Operating Assets and Liabilities
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
9.2 Intangible assets
GoodwillBrand NamesComputer SoftwareTotal
Note2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020
$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000
Cost
94,380 94,380 23,523 23,523 151,597 149,035 269,500 266,938
Impairment & accumulated amortisation
(36,924)(36,924)(8,023)(5,478)(88,987)(99,024)(133,934)(141,426)
Opening carrying amount
57,456 57,456 15,500 18,045 62,610 50,011 135,566 125,512
Additions
2.2 - - - - 45,24030,960 45,24030,960
Disposals
- - - - -(8)-(8)
Impairment
- - - (2,545)- (5,483)- (8,028)
Amortisation
2.2 - - - - (13,815)(12,870)(13,815)(12,870)
Closing carrying amount
57,456 57,456 15,500 15,500 94,035 62,610 166,991 135,566
Cost
94,380 94,380 23,523 23,523 196,336151,597 314,239269,500
Impairment & accumulated amortisation
(36,924)(36,924)(8,023)(8,023)(102,301)(88,987)(147,248)(133,934)
Closing carrying amount
57,456 57,456 15,500 15,500 94,035 62,610 166,991 135,566
Goodwill
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the excess of the consideration paid above the fair value of the net identifiable assets,
liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired.
Brand names
Brand names acquired in a business combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Brand names are considered to have indefinite useful
lives as the Group have rights to use these names in perpetuity.
Impairment of goodwill and brand names
Assets that have an indefinite useful life are reviewed annually for impairment or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds
its recoverable amount.
Computer software
All costs directly incurred in the purchase or development of computer software or subsequent upgrades and enhancements, which can be reliably
measured and are not integral to a related asset, are capitalised as intangible assets. Computer software is amortised on a straight line basis over a
period of between two to fifteen years. Costs incurred on computer software maintenance are expensed to the income statement as they are incurred.
Torpedo7 brand impairment
Last year the Group made the decision to fully write off the brand name held by Torpedo7 of $2.545 million after several years of underperformance relative
to plan.
Goodwill and brand impairment testing
The Group performs an annual impairment test of its brand and goodwill intangible assets which involves comparing the recoverable amount of the assets
to the carrying values. The recoverable amounts are calculated using the ‘fair value less costs to sell’ method. The discounted cash flow valuation method is
based on projections regarding future operating performance. The Group considers a wide range of factors including the Group’s financial budgets, strategic
plans, external benchmarks and historical performance to formulate the future cash flow projections. The Group also engages external advisors to determine
appropriate discount rates and long term growth rates, integral to the valuations. The valuations are then scaled back to align with the average values assessed
by a selection of the Group's external equity research analysts.
The Group's goodwill and brand assets are allocated to cash generating units and form the basis for impairment testing. Cash generating units represent the
lowest level within the Group at which the assets are monitored for internal management purposes. Details of the carrying amounts of goodwill and brand
assets and the allocation to cash generating units along with the key assumptions used in the impairment tests to extrapolate cash flows beyond the 5 year
projection period, are set out in the table below.
Operating margin represents earnings before interest, taxation, unusual items and the impact of NZ IFRS 16. The Warehouse segment also includes the
Warehouse Stationery business; the operating margin assumptions for this business division are different from those of The Warehouse business at 11.3%
(2020: 7.0%). The annual impairment testing for both Noel Leeming and The Warehouse cash generating units indicated ample headroom and that the
carrying amounts of the attributed goodwill and brand assets were not impaired.
Impairment testing
Noel LeemingThe Warehouse
2021 2020 2021 2020
$ 000 $ 000 $ 000 $ 000
Goodwill
31,776 31,776 25,680 25,680
Brand names
15,500 15,500 - -
Closing carrying amount
47,276 47,276 25,680 25,680
Key assumptions
Operating margin (%)
5.0 4.0 8.0 6.0
Terminal growth rate (%)
1.5 1.3 1.5 1.3
Pre-tax discount rate (%)
14.313.513.211.8
Post-tax discount rate (%)
10.3 9.7 9.5 8.5
67
Integrated Annual Report 2021
COVID-19 landlord rent relief
Last year the Group negotiated rent concessions with its landlords as a result of the temporary store closures caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. These
concessions included reduced rents and payment deferrals. In May 2020 the International Accounting Standards Board issued an amendment to NZ IFRS 16
which allowed the Group not to account for rent concessions as lease modifications if they are a consequence of COVID-19. The Group applied this practical
expedient to account for all the landlord rent concessions which meant the rent reductions were accounted for as negative variable lease payments ($8.246
million note 3.1) and the payment deferrals ($1.713 million) as timing differences reducing the amount of lease repayments.
Significant judgements and estimates
The calculation of lease liabilities and right of use values requires the Group to use estimates and judgements to determine the incremental borrowing rate
and the appropriate lease term. The Group engages an independent valuation expert to establish the incremental borrowing rates applied during the year.
The average incremental borrowing rate used to calculate the value of lease liabilities at balance date was 4.32% (2020: 4.28%).
The Group uses judgement to assess lease terms at the inception of a lease or when a significant event or significant change in circumstances within the
control of Group affects the prospect that a right of renewal contained in a lease will be exercised. The Group's shift to an Agile operating model triggered an
ongoing review programme to reassess the viability of under performing stores within the store network, resulting in some leases being terminated earlier than
previously planned.
The Group leases various warehouses, retail stores, equipment and vehicles. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of
different terms and conditions. Property leases represent around 98% of the carrying value of the Group's ‘right of use assets'. The property leases are typically
made for an initial period of 6 to 10 years and usually include extension options. Extension options provide the Group with operational flexibility in terms of
managing the Group's retail intensity within different catchment areas. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group
and not by the landlords.
10.0 LEASE LIABILITIES AND RIGHT OF USE ASSETS
10.1 Right of use assets
CostAccumulated DepreciationCarrying Amount
Note202120202021202020212020
$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000
Opening balance
10.4 1,498,007 1,510,584 (723,832)(676,093)774,175 834,491
Additions
55,494 66,202 - - 55,494 66,202
Depreciation
- - (94,092)(96,416)(94,092)(96,416)
Reassessment of lease terms
10.2 5,271 (21,960)- - 5,271 (21,960)
Lease impairments
- - (1,582)(1,576)(1,582)(1,576)
Lease surrenders and terminations
(53,635)(56,819)50,893 50,253 (2,742)(6,566)
Closing carrying amount
1,505,137 1,498,007 (768,613)(723,832)736,524 774,175
10.3 Lease liability maturity analysis
Gross Lease PaymentsInterestCarrying Amount
202120202021202020212020
$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000
Within one year
133,653 143,950 (35,841)(37,483)97,812 106,467
One to two years
125,275 116,756 (32,157)(33,871)93,118 82,885
Two to five years
330,591 329,939 (75,942)(80,767)254,649 249,172
Beyond five years
524,906 591,554 (78,294)(95,290)446,612 496,264
Total lease liability
1,114,425 1,182,199 (222,234)(247,411)892,191 934,788
Current lease liability
97,812 106,467
Non-current lease liability
794,379 828,321
Total lease liability
892,191 934,788
10.2 Lease liabilities
Note
20212020
$ 000$ 000
Opening balance
934,788 990,213
Additions
55,494 66,202
Interest for the period
3.5 38,497 41,113
Reassessment of lease terms
10.1 5,271 (21,960)
COVID-19 Landlord rent relief
3.1 - (8,246)
Lease repayments
(137,880)(124,946)
Lease surrenders and terminations
(3,979)(7,588)
Closing balance
892,191 934,788
A ‘lease liability' and a corresponding ‘right of use’ asset is recognised when the Group commences a lease with a term exceeding 12 months and has
sufficient value to not be characterised as a low value lease. The initial lease liability and corresponding ‘right of use’ asset represents the present
value of future lease payments discounted using the Group's incremental borrowing rate over the lease term including any contractual lease extension
options considered reasonably certain to be exercised. The future lease payments adjust for contractual fixed rate lease payment adjustments but no
adjustment is made for inflation indexed lease payment increases.
Lease payments are allocated between the lease liability and the finance cost. The finance cost is charged to the income statement over the lease
period to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The right of use asset is depreciated
over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight line basis.
Notes to the Financial Statements - Operating Assets and Liabilities
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
68
The Warehouse Group
Notes to the Financial Statements - Financing and Capital Structure
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
11.0 EQUITY
11.2 Bank facilities
2021 2020
$ 000 $ 000
Unused bank debt facilities
330,000 330,000
Letters of credit facilities
14,500 18,000
Letters of credit
(1,243)(2,249)
Unused letter of credit facilities
13,257 15,751
Total unused bank facilities
343,257 345,751
11.3 Contributed equity
Contributed equityOrdinary shares
2021 2020 2021 2020
$ 000 $ 000 000000
Share capital
365,517 365,517 346,843 346,843
Treasury shares
(5,282)(5,456)(1,489)(1,557)
Contributed equity
360,235 360,061 345,354 345,286
Treasury shares
Treasury sharesOrdinary shares
2021 2020 2021 2020
$ 000 $ 000 000000
Opening balance
5,456 5,4561,557 1,557
Ordinary shares issued to settle share rights plan obligations
(174)-(68)-
Closing balance
5,282 5,456 1,489 1,557
11.1 Capital management
Capital is defined by the Group to be the total equity as shown in the balance sheet. The Group’s capital management objectives are to safeguard the
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, to provide an appropriate rate of return to shareholders, optimise the Group’s cost of capital and maintain
a liquidity buffer.
The Group has made a number of changes to its capital management policies to strengthen the Group’s balance sheet in response to the COVID-19
pandemic including introducing a liquidity buffer requirement. The liquidity buffer is used to cover operating expenses during a period where there are no
sales or cash inflows after allowing for expected cash preservation initiatives. The required liquidity buffer policy range is currently set at between $350
million to $450 million. The Group held cash deposits of $160.5 million (2020: $168.1 million) at balance date and unutilised committed bank debt facilities
that provided liquidity of $490.5 million (2020: $498.1 million).
The Group reviews its capital structure annually, unless there is a material change requiring an earlier response and may make adjustments by means
including changes to the Group’s dividend pay-out ratio, issue of new shares, debt issuance, sale of assets or a combination of these. The Group dividend
policy was revised during the year (refer note 7.0) and is now based on distributing at least 70% of the adjusted net profit back to shareholders.
Externally imposed capital requirements
The Group has a negative pledge arrangement with its funding providers that requires the parent and its guaranteeing Group companies to comply with
certain quarterly debt ratios and restrictive covenants. The calculation of these ratios is adjusted to exclude the impact of the NZ IFRS 16 lease accounting
standard. The two principal covenants are:
1) The gearing ratio will not exceed 60% during the first quarter ending October or exceed 50% in each of the remaining quarters of the year
2) Interest cover will not be less than 2 times operating profit
The Group had no external borrowings during the current financial year or at balance date last year which meant the book gearing ratio at both balance
dates was zero. The Group was in compliance with all aspects of the negative pledge covenants throughout the current and previous financial year.
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs, directly attributable to the issue of new shares, are shown in equity as a deduction from the
proceeds of the share issue.
Where the Group purchases its own equity share capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs
is deducted from equity attributable to the shareholders until the shares are cancelled or reissued. Where such shares are reissued, any consideration
received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs, is included in equity attributable to shareholders.
Ordinary shares on issue are fully paid and carry one vote per share and participate equally in dividends, other distributions from equity and any surplus
on a winding up of the Group. The Group retains its own ordinary shares, which are used for employee share based payment arrangements. Voting rights
attached to the shares are held by the trustees of the employee share plans, and dividends paid on the shares are retained by the trustee for the benefit
of the Group.
69
Integrated Annual Report 2021
Notes to the Financial Statements - Financing and Capital Structure
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
11.4 Reserves
2021 2020
$ 000 $ 000
Cash flow hedge reserve
6,171 (13,017)
Foreign currency translation reserve
(115)(170)
Total reserves
6,056 (13,187)
Cash flow hedge reserve
This reserve records the portion of the gain or loss on a hedging derivative in a cash flow hedge that is determined to be an effective hedge. The
cumulative deferred gain or loss on the hedge is recognised in the income statement when the hedged transaction impacts the income statement, or
depending on the nature of the hedge, is included in a non-financial hedged item when the hedged event occurs. (Refer to the consolidated statement
of changes in equity and accounting policies detailed in note 12.2).
Foreign currency translation
Exchange differences arising on translation of the Group's subsidiary in India are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a
separate reserve within equity. The cumulative amount is reclassified to the income statement when the net investment is sold.
11.5 Minority interest
2021 2020
$ 000 $ 000
Opening balance
(794)719
Adjustment on adoption of NZ IFRS 16
- (38)
Net loss attributable to minority interest
(1,441)(774)
Share rights charged to the income statement
93 350
Share rights vested
(1,697)(922)
Minority put options exercised
1,145 -
Dividends paid to minority shareholders
- (129)
Closing balance
(2,694)(794)
Minority interest reserve
A minority interest is an ownership position in a Group subsidiary where the shareholder owns less than 50% of outstanding shares and has no control
over decisions. Minority interests are measured based on the minority shareholder's proportionate share of the net asset value of the subsidiary and also
includes the accumulated value of unvested shares rights in the minority subsidiary which have been granted and recognised as an employee share
based payment expense.
The fair value of share rights granted in a subsidiary are measured at grant date and recognised as an employee share based payment expense over
the vesting period with a corresponding increase in the minority interest reserve. Upon vesting of these share rights, the balance of the minority
interest reserve relating to the share rights is offset against the proportionate share of the net asset value of the subsidiary acquired by the minority
shareholder, with any difference in the value attributed to settling the commitment transferred to retained earnings.
At balance date the Group's minority interests represent a 50% (2020: 50%) minority shareholding held in ChocolateWorks and a 11.5% (2020: 10.7%)
shareholding in TheMarket.Com (TMC).
TheMarket.com share rights plan
Share rights were provided as a performance incentive to key executives in TMC, an online marketplace start-up venture. In accordance with the share
rights plan participants were collectively transferred a total of 160,000 TMC shares in three equal tranches over the period commencing June 2019 and
concluding in March 2021. The vested shares rights were independently valued at $5.00, $6.37 and $11.53 per share at the date of vesting in June 2019,
March 2020 and March 2021 respectively.
The share rights plan granted the participants put options over a proportion of their vested TMC shares, which could be exercised to fund the participants
tax obligations arising under the plan; and a further full put option over the participant's entire TMC shareholding, exercisable during the 3 years following
March 2021. If the put option is exercised, the Group is required to purchase the TMC shares at a price based on the fair value of the shares at that time, in
consideration for providing the participant with ordinary shares in the Group of equivalent value (using the volume weighted average market price of the
Group’s shares). During the year, participants exercised tax put options representing 23,710 TMC shares which were settled from treasury shares and a full
put option representing 20,810 TMC shares, settled in cash due to restrictions mandated by the Group’s share trading policy. No put options were exercised
last year.
70
The Warehouse Group
Notes to the Financial Statements - Financial Risk Management
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
12.1 Financial risk factors
The Group’s activities expose it to various financial risks including, liquidity risk, credit risk and market risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses
on the uncertainty of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance.
The Group enters into derivative transactions, principally interest rate swaps and forward currency contracts. The purpose is to manage the interest rate and
currency fluctuation risks arising from the Group’s sources of finance and foreign currency purchases.
Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group Treasury) under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group Treasury identifies, evaluates
and hedges financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written
policies covering specific areas, such as mitigating foreign exchange, interest rate and credit risks, use of derivative financial instruments and investing excess cash.
Significant judgements and estimates
Valuation
The Group’s derivatives are not traded in an active market which means quoted prices are not available to determine the fair value. To determine the fair value the
Group uses valuation techniques which rely on observable market data. The fair value of forward exchange contracts are determined using the forward exchange
market rates at the balance date and interest rate swaps are calculated as the present value of estimated future cash flows based on the applicable market interest
yield rates at balance date. For accounting purposes (NZ IFRS 13) these valuations are deemed to be Level 2 fair value measurements as they are not derived from a
quoted price in an active market but rather, a valuation technique that relies on other observable market data.
Hedge effectiveness
When calculating the hedge effectiveness of the Group's currency derivatives the Group is required to forecast the next 18 months overseas purchases to test
if the hedged transactions are still highly probable to occur. The method of testing adopted is based on matching the critical terms of the hedged transaction
to those of the derivative. The results of this testing demonstrated an expectation of high hedge effectiveness.
The time horizon was extended to 4 years when the Group tested the hedge effectiveness of its monetised interest rate swaps against projected debt levels.
The Group considers a wide range of factors including the Group’s financial budgets, strategic plans, external benchmarks and historical performance to
formulate these projections. The results of the hedge effectiveness tests indicated the Group's monetised interest rate swaps which were considered to
be effective hedges last year were no longer effective based on the revised debt projections (refer note 12.5).
12.0 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
12.2 Derivative financial instruments
Currency ContractsInterest Rate SwapsTotal
2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020
$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000
Current assets
8,837 243 - - 8,837 243
Current liabilities
(4,353)(17,624)- (9,467)(4,353)(27,091)
Non-current assets
1,310 - - - 1,310 -
Total Derivative financial instruments
5,794 (17,381)- (9,467)5,794 (26,848)
Classified as:
Cash flow hedges
8,572 (15,040)- (3,040)8,572 (18,080)
Fair value hedges
(2,778)(2,341)- - (2,778)(2,341)
Fair value of derivatives that are not hedge effective
- - - (6,427)- (6,427)
Total Derivative financial instruments
5,794 (17,381)- (9,467)5,794 (26,848)
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value. The
method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item
being hedged. For the purposes of hedge accounting, hedges are classified as:
• Cash flow hedges when they hedge an exposure to a highly probable forecast transaction; or
• Fair value hedges when they hedge the exposure to changes in fair value of a recognised asset or liability.
The Group documents at the inception of the transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management
objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge transactions. An assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis is also documented, of
whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and will continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash
flows of hedged items.
Cash flow hedge
The Group applies cash flow hedge accounting to manage the currency risk associated with purchasing inventory in foreign currencies. The effective portion
of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in equity in the cash flow hedge reserve. The
gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement.
Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled in the income statement in the periods when the hedged item will affect profit or loss. However, when the
forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset (for example, inventory), the gains and losses previously deferred in
equity are transferred from equity and included in the measurement of the initial cost or carrying amount of the asset or liability.
When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss
existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the income statement. When
a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income
statement.
Fair value hedge
The Group applies fair value hedge accounting for hedging to manage the currency risk associated with foreign currency trade creditors. Changes in the fair
value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with any changes in the fair value of the
hedged asset or liability that are attributed to the hedged risk. If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, or the hedge is not fully effective,
then the hedge or portion of the hedge which is not effective is recognised immediately in the Income Statement as a foreign exchange gain or loss.
Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting
Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument that does not qualify for hedge
accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement.
71
Integrated Annual Report 2021
Notes to the Financial Statements - Financial Risk Management
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
+ 10 percent- 10 percent
Foreign currency sensitivity table
NoteAmountProfit Equity Profit Equity
At 1 August 2021
$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000
Foreign currency trade creditors
8.3 (93,524)6,121 6,121 (7,482)(7,482)
Derivative financial instruments
Currency forward contracts - cash flow hedges
12.2 8,572 - (21,011)- 25,688
Currency forward contracts - fair value hedges
12.2 (2,778)(6,119)(6,119)7,480 7,480
Total increase/(decrease)
2 (21,009)(2)25,686
At 2 August 2020
Foreign currency trade creditors
8.3 (55,810)3,653 3,653 (4,465)(4,465)
Derivative financial instruments
Currency forward contracts - cash flow hedges
12.2 (15,040)- (20,997)- 25,668
Currency forward contracts - fair value hedges
12.2 (2,341)(3,697)(3,697)4,519 4,519
Total increase/(decrease)
(44)(21,041)54 25,722
Interest rate risk
When the Group had borrowings it used interest swaps to manage its exposure to interest rate volatility arising from the debt. Following a strong trading performance
coming out of last year’s COVID-19 lockdown, the Group was able to fully repay its borrowings and has continued to maintain cash surpluses. The Group's forecast debt
projections indicated that the Group would have no core borrowings for the next two years and on that basis the interest rate swaps were monetised in August 2020.
There was an additional cost ($0.3 million) to close out the interest rate swaps above the carrying value ($9.5 million - refer note 12.2) recorded last year.
A portion of the longer dated monetised interest rate swaps ($3.0 million) were still considered to be hedge effective at that time, however a continuation of the Group’s
strong trading performance caused the Group to reassess its debt projections. The reassessment indicated that these monetised interest rate swaps did not provide an
effective hedge and accordingly an expense of $3.3 million (2020: $6.4 million - refer note 5.0) was recognised for the monetised interest rate swaps which did not qualify
for hedge accounting.
12.3 Liquidity risk
Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and the availability of funding through committed credit facilities to meet financial obligations
when they are due and being able to close out market positions if necessary. The Group monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity position based on expected
cash flows to ensure a liquidity buffer is maintained in accordance with policy limits approved by the Board. The Group maintains funding flexibility by maintaining
availability using committed credit lines. The Group’s liquidity policy and committed credit facilities at balance date are detailed in note 11.1.
The table below details the Group’s derivatives and other financial liabilities (excluding lease liabilities - refer note 10.3).
12.4 Credit risk
Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the Group which are exposed to potential counter-party default, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount
of these assets. In the normal course of business the Group incurs credit risk from trade and other receivables, derivatives and transactions with financial institutions.
The Group places its cash and short-term investments and derivatives with high credit quality financial institutions approved by the Board and in accordance with
specified treasury policy limits. The Group’s treasury policy requires bank counter-parties to have a minimum Standard & Poor’s credit rating of at least A (2020: A).
The Group controls its credit risk from trade and other receivables by the application of credit approval, limits and monitoring procedures. Receivable balances are
monitored on an ongoing basis to ensure the Group’s bad debt exposure is not significant. As the Group transacts with a diversity of counterparties it does not have
any significant exposure to any individual customers, industry or economic sector.
12.5 Market risk
Foreign exchange risk
The Group purchases inventory directly from overseas suppliers, primarily priced in US dollars. In order to protect against exchange rate movements and manage
the inventory costing process, the Group enters into forward exchange contracts to purchase foreign currencies. These contracts hedge highly probable forecast
purchases and are timed to mature when the payments are scheduled to be settled. Management work to a Board approved Treasury Policy to manage this foreign
exchange risk. An independent review of this policy was recently performed to determine if changes to the overseas payment cycle from extending overseas creditor
payment terms last year could affect the way the Group hedges foreign currency purchases. As a result of the review some policy limits were amended in June 2021.
The new policy parameters for hedging forecast currency exposures are:
• to hedge 80% to 100% of US dollar commitments expected in the next 0 to 4 months (previously 40% to 100% for the next 0 to 6 months)
• to hedge 50% to 90% of US dollar commitments expected in the next 5 to 12 months (previously 0% to 85% for the next 7 to 12 months)
• where exposures to other currencies arise, the Group hedges these risks once a firm commitment is in place
• specific approval is required to hedge foreign currency commitments extending beyond a 12-month time horizon
Currency position at balance date
Carrying valueNotional amount (NZD)Average exchange rate12 month hedge level
2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020
$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000CENTSCENTSPERCENTAGEPERCENTAGE
Currency forward contracts
Buy US dollars/Sell New Zealand dollars
5,794 (17,381)410,086 394,115 0.7049 0.6334 70.9 74.1
The spot rate used to determine the mark-to-market carrying value of the US dollar forward contracts at balance date was $0.6966 (2020: $0.6628).The following
sensitivity table, based on currency contracts and foreign currency trade creditors in existence at balance date, shows the positive/(negative) impact of reasonably
possible exchange rate movements on after tax profit and equity, with all other variables held constant.
Liabilities/(Assets)
0 - 6 Months7 - 12 Months13 - 18 MonthsTotal
Note2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020
$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000
Trade and other payables
8.3 436,579 420,805 - - - - 436,579 420,805
Derivatives - gross settled
(currency forward contracts)
- outflow
12.5 228,007 227,593 154,501 166,522 27,578 - 410,086 394,115
- inflow
(226,957)(219,723)(159,357)(156,910)(28,713)- (415,027)(376,633)
Derivatives - Interest rate swaps
12.2 - 9,467 - - - - - 9,467
Financial Liabilities and derivatives
437,629 438,142 (4,856)9,612 (1,135)- 431,638 447,754
72
The Warehouse Group
Notes to the Financial Statements - Other Disclosures
For the 52 week period ended 1 August 2021
13.0 KEY MANAGEMENT
14.0 COMMITMENTS
15.0 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
16.0 RELATED PARTIES
Key management includes the Directors of the Company and those employees deemed to have disclosure obligations under subpart 6 of the Financial
Markets Conduct Act 2013, being the Group Chief Executive Officer and his 9 (2020: 10) direct reports.
Compensation made to Directors and other members of key management of the Group is set out in the two tables below:
During the period the Group has not entered into any material contracts involving related parties or Directors' interests which are not disclosed.
No amounts owed by related parties have been written off or forgiven during the period.
J W M Journee received an additional fee of $13,750 (2020: $13,200) and R J Tindall received an additional fee of $13,750 (2020: $12,512) in their capacities
as directors of a Group subsidiary company (TheMarket.Com Limited). Last year the Directors reduced their fees by 20 percent in April and May 2020
during the COVID 19 lock-down period.
The Group cancelled last year's annual incentive plan as part of measures taken to reduce operating costs in response to the uncertain trading out-look at
the commencement of the COVID 19 lock-down.
Capital expenditure contracted for at balance date, but not recognised as liabilities, is set out below:
Directors’ Fees
2021 2020
$ 000$ 000
J Withers (Chair)
166 160
A J Balfour
98 82
W K Easton
79 76
D R Hamilton (appointed April 2020)
96 14
J W M Journee
86 83
J M Raue
101 95
R E Taulelei (appointed February 2021)
38 -
R J Tindall (appointed November 2020)
56 -
K R Smith (retired November 2020)
39 111
Sir Stephen Tindall (retired November 2020)
28 82
Total
787 703
2021 2020
$ 000$ 000
Bank letters of credit issued to secure future purchasing requirements
1,243 2,249
Less included as a goods in transit creditor
- (593)
1,243 1,656
Bank guarantees provided to landlords and the New Zealand Stock Exchange Limited
456 456
Total contingent liabilities
1,699 2,112
Capital commitments
2021 2020
$ 000 $ 000
Within one year
28,759 4,762
Key management
Note2021 2020
$ 000$ 000
Base salary
7,271 8,361
Annual performance based compensation
3,858 -
Three year performance based compensation
3,325 2,536
Share-based compensation
11.5 35 131
Termination benefits
322 630
Total
14,811 11,658
73
Integrated Annual Report 2021
Our opinion
In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements of The Warehouse Group Limited (the Company), including its subsidiaries
(the Group), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Group as at 1 August 2021, its financial performance and
its cash flows for the 52 week period then ended in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial
Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).
What we have audited
The Group's financial statements comprise:
• the consolidated balance sheet as at 1 August 2021;
●• the consolidated income statement for the 52 week period then ended;
●• the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the 52 week period then ended;
●• the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the 52 week period then ended;
●• the consolidated statement of cash flows for the 52 week period then ended; and
●• the notes to the financial statements, which include significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) (ISAs (NZ)) and International Standards on
Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial
statements section of our report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International Code of Ethics for Assurance
Practitioners (including International Independence Standards) (New Zealand) (PES 1) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance
Standards Board and the International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards)
issued by the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in
accordance with these requirements.
Our firm carries out other services for the Group in the areas of treasury related market analysis, executive remuneration analysis, directors
remuneration benchmarking, agreed upon procedures at the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting and over the calculations of the Negative
Pledge and a tax audit for an overseas subsidiary. In addition, certain partners and employees of our firm may deal with the Group on
normal terms within the ordinary course of trading activities of the Group. These relationships and provision of other services has not
impaired our independence as auditor of the Group.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of
the current 52 week period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming
our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
Independent Auditor’s Report
To the shareholders of The Warehouse Group Limited
PricewaterhouseCoopers, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142, New Zealand
T: +64 9 355 8000, F: +64 9 355 8801, pwc.co.nz
74
The Warehouse Group
Independent Auditor’s Report
To the shareholders of The Warehouse Group Limited
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Inventory costing and valuation
As at 1 August 2021, the carrying value of the Group's inventory
was $457.2 million (2020: $393.6 million) with associated
inventory provisions of $22.0 million (2020: $36.9 million).
The Group uses a weighted average method to calculate
the cost of inventory and includes expenditure incurred to
purchase the inventory and transport it to its current location.
In order to measure inventory at the lower of cost and net
realisable value, a provision is deducted from the cost of
inventory and is determined based on various factors
including historical data, current trends and product
information from buyers.
Determining the appropriate level of provisions involves
judgement including management's expectations of future
sales levels and estimation of selling price adjustments. The
inventory provision in the current period decreased from
the prior period to reflect management's best estimate of
net realisable value based on the expected future economic
conditions in an environment that continues to be impacted
by COVID-19.
Due to the significance of the inventory balance and the
judgements involved in estimating inventory provisions, this
is an area of focus for the audit.
Refer to notes 1.5 and 8.1 of the financial statements which
describe the accounting policy on inventory and the
judgements and estimates applied by management to
determine the inventory provision.
Our procedures to audit the cost of inventory included the
following on a sample basis:
●• tested the accuracy of the weighted average cost calculation
by reperforming the calculation;
●• validated the cost of inventory to supplier and freight invoices
and supplier rebate contracts; and
●• attended cycle counts to observe that finished goods have been
counted and any stocktake variances have been appropriately
recorded.
On inventory provisions, we performed the following:
●• gained an understanding of inventory processes and assessed
the design and implementation of relevant inventory controls,
particularly controls over the cyclical counting process;
●• observed management's stocktake process at selected locations
to confirm that aged and clearance items were identified and
accounted for;
●• held discussions with management to understand and corroborate
the assumptions used to estimate inventory provisions;
●• reviewed management's retrospective review of inventory
provisions in the prior period versus inventory write offs in the
current period;
●• tested the net realisable value of finished goods on a sample
basis by comparing its cost with the most recent retail price less
cost to sell and that finished goods were valued at the lower of
cost or net realisable value;
●• reviewed the inventory aging schedules to check whether
provisions were recorded for aged stock in accordance with
Group policy on a sample basis;
●• obtained an understanding of specific inventory provisions
calculated for certain inventory categories;
●• performed a reasonableness test of the shrinkage provision by
comparing against the actual shrinkage for the period;
●• compared all inventory provisions for each inventory category
as a percentage of the gross carrying amount versus the prior
53 week period and understood the rationale for material or
unexpected changes. To assess the reasonableness of certain
categories, we compared the movements in inventory and
inventory provisions against the 29 July 2019 period as the prior
period was impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic; and
• reviewed the financial statements disclosures against the
requirements in the accounting standard.
75
Integrated Annual Report 2021
Overall group materiality: $8.6 million, which represents 5% of a three-period weighted average
profit before tax from continuing operations adjusted for restructuring costs, the COVID-19 wage
subsidy repayment, brand impairments and gains on property disposals. A higher weighting was
applied to the current period.
We chose this approach as it reduces the impact of one-off results which do not reflect the long
term performance of the business.
Full scope audits were performed for two of the five trading entities in the Group based on their
financial significance and representing 94% of the Group’s retail sales for the period;
Specified audit procedures and analytical review procedures were performed on the remaining
entities and on consolidation entries.
As reported above, we have one key audit matter, being:
●• Inventory costing and valuation
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. In
particular, we considered where management made subjective judgements; for example, in respect of significant accounting estimates
that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits, we also addressed the
risk of management override of internal controls, including among other matters, consideration of whether there was evidence of bias that
represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. An audit is designed to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements are free from material misstatement. Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered material
if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the
financial statements.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined certain quantitative thresholds for materiality, including the overall Group materiality
for the financial statements as a whole as set out above. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope
of our audit, the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures and to evaluate the effect of misstatements, both individually and in
aggregate, on the financial statements as a whole.
How we tailored our group audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit in order to perform sufficient work to enable us to provide an opinion on the financial statements as a
whole, taking into account the structure of the Group, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which the Group operates.
We identified subsidiaries that, due to their financially significant contribution to the Group's overall results, required a full scope audit. In
addition, we also performed specific audit procedures on certain balances and transactions of other subsidiaries. Audits of each subsidiary
are performed at a materiality level calculated with reference to a proportion of the Group materiality relative to the financial significance of
the business concerned.
Independent Auditor’s Report
To the shareholders of The Warehouse Group Limited
Materiality
Group Scoping
Key Audit
Matters
Our audit approach
Overview
76
The Warehouse Group
Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the annual report,
but does not include the financial statements and our auditor's report thereon.
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of audit opinion or assurance
conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise
appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of
this auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have
nothing to report in this regard.
Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
The Directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance
with NZ IFRS and IFRS, and for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern,
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either
intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements, as a whole, are free from material misstatement,
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (NZ) and ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it
exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs (NZ), we exercise professional judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the
audit. We also:
●• Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit
procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The
risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion,
forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.
●●• Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.
●●• Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made
by management.
●●• Conclude on the appropriateness of the use of the going concern basis of accounting by those charged with governance and, based on
the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our
auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our
conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of the auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may
cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.
●●• Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the financial
statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.
●●• Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the Group
to express an opinion on the financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the group audit.
We remain solely responsible for the audit opinion.
Independent Auditor’s Report
To the shareholders of The Warehouse Group Limited
77
Integrated Annual Report 2021
Independent Auditor’s Report
To the shareholders of The Warehouse Group Limited
We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and
significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during the audit.
We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding
independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our
independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied.
From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the
audit of the financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in the auditor’s
report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a
matter should not be communicated in the auditor’s report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected
to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.
Who we report to
This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state those
matters which we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we
do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s shareholders, as a body, for our audit work,
for this report or for the opinions we have formed.
The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Lisa Crooke.
For and on behalf of:
Chartered Accountants Auckland
28 September 2021
78
The Warehouse Group
(52 weeks)(53 weeks)(52 weeks)(52 weeks)(52 weeks)
2021 2020 2019 2018 2017
$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000
Summary Income Statements
The Warehouse
1,804,861 1,706,036 1,705,687 1,695,839 1,738,751
Warehouse Stationery
274,646 268,845 268,592 263,766 278,181
Noel Leeming
1,128,184 1,009,975 924,648 880,453 810,705
Torpedo7
7
158,706 129,901 114,259 106,460 94,655
TheMarket
7
54,455 62,520 58,215 56,942 63,071
Other group operations
7,141 6,673 8,508 9,655 8,603
Inter-segment eliminations
(13,392)(11,120)(8,552)(18,544)(13,195)
Retail sales
3,414,601 3,172,830 3,071,357 2,994,571 2,980,771
The Warehouse
187,621 54,903 85,075 71,440 84,531
Warehouse Stationery
34,325 17,513 16,669 10,590 15,743
Noel Leeming
64,879 34,160 38,103 31,163 19,264
Torpedo7
7
3,287 (17,708)(8,878)(4,106)(1,599)
TheMarket
7
(20,704)(14,820)(4,145)1,526 4,274
Other group operations
(28,803)(24,796)(14,446)(19,171)(14,376)
Retail operating profit
1
240,605 49,252 112,378 91,442 107,837
Adjustments for NZ IFRS 16
1
40,509 40,959 - - -
Gain on disposal of property
- 88 11,761 218 11,455
Restructuring costs
(16,065)(44,195)(15,718)(8,731)(12,060)
Goodwill and brand asset impairment
- (2,545)(5,478)(25,622)-
COVID-19 Wage Subsidy
(67,550)67,550 - - -
Changes in fair value of financial instruments
(3,340)(6,427)- - -
Earnings before interest and tax
194,159 104,682 102,943 57,307 107,232
Net interest expense
2
(37,458)(46,710)(8,879)(9,165)(12,527)
Profit before tax
156,701 57,972 94,064 48,142 94,705
Income tax expense
(40,491)(14,305)(26,621)(20,636)(23,691)
Profit after tax
116,210 43,667 67,443 27,506 71,014
Discontinued operations (net of tax)
- 31 (1,928)(4,386)(50,283)
Minority interests
1,441 774 (133)(242)(302)
Profit attributable to shareholders
117,651 44,472 65,382 22,878 20,429
Adjusted profit reconciliation
Unusual items (detailed above)
86,955 (14,471)9,435 34,135 605
Adjustment for NZ IFRS 16
1
(2,012)154 - - -
Income tax relating to unusual items
(27,079)1,984 (2,642)(2,384)(3,132)
Discontinued operations (net of tax)
- (31)1,928 4,386 50,283
Adjusted net profit
175,515 32,108 74,103 59,015 68,185
The Warehouse
Operating margin (%)
10.4 3.2 5.0 4.2 4.9
Sales growth (%)
5.8 - 0.6 (2.5)(0.2)
Number of stores
9092 93 93 92
Store footprint (square metres)
487,553 498,955 501,537 505,645 501,807
Warehouse Stationery
Operating margin (%)
12.5 6.5 6.2 4.0 5.7
Sales growth (%)
2.2 0.1 1.8 (5.2)(0.3)
Number of stores
70 71 70 70 69
Store footprint (square metres)
63,684 67,239 70,550 71,491 73,216
Noel Leeming
Operating margin (%)
5.8 3.4 4.1 3.5 2.4
Sales growth (%)
11.7 9.2 5.0 8.6 7.8
Number of stores
71 74 77 74 77
Store footprint (square metres)
83,672 77,281 80,273 76,055 73,591
Dividend distributions
Special (cents per share)
5.0 - - - -
Interim (cents per share)
13.0 - 9.0 10.0 10.0
Final (cents per share)
- - 8.0 6.0 6.0
Ordinary dividends declared (cents per share)
18.0 - 17.0 16.0 16.0
Basic earnings per share (cents)
34.1 12.9 18.9 6.6 5.9
Basic adjusted earnings per share (cents)
50.8 9.3 21.5 17.1 19.8
Annual 5 Year Summary
79
Integrated Annual Report 2021
2021 2020201920182017
$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000$ 000
Summary Balance Sheets
Inventories
457,151 393,610 517,758 523,840 487,274
Trade and other receivables
79,277 84,263 90,670 79,758 75,632
Creditors and provisions
(534,465)(505,661)(434,616)(367,002)(336,451)
Working capital
1,963 (27,788)173,812 236,596 226,455
Fixed assets
288,654 259,741 271,172 272,944 273,300
Held for sale
- - - 3,674 71,699
Funds employed
290,617 231,953 444,984 513,214 571,454
Taxation assets
5
75,242 90,823 37,762 32,030 45,870
Derivative financial instruments
5,794 (26,848)(46)16,400 (19,265)
Right of use assets
3
736,524 774,175 - - -
Goodwill and Brand Names
72,956 72,956 75,501 80,979 106,601
Capital employed
1,181,133 1,143,059 558,201 642,623 704,660
Net debt
(160,526)(168,068)76,168 162,339 218,271
Lease liability
4
892,191 934,788 - - -
Equity attributable to shareholders
452,162 377,133 481,314 479,405 485,522
Minority interest
(2,694)(794)719 879 867
Sources of funds
1,181,133 1,143,059 558,201 642,623 704,660
SUMMARY CASH FLOW
Trading EBITDA
430,417 244,863 172,991 151,072 166,213
Change in trade working capital
(31,028)197,634 77,249 (5,853)21,661
Income tax paid
(32,132)(19,879)(26,540)(14,082)(27,454)
Net interest paid
(37,910)(46,616)(8,657)(9,307)(16,008)
COVID-19 Wage subsidy
(67,550)67,550 - - -
Restructuring costs
(16,065)(38,712)(15,718)(8,731)(12,397)
Other items
1,529 3,166 (1,332)(5,185)(3,927)
Operating cash flow
6
247,261 408,006 197,993 107,914 128,088
Capital expenditure
(83,180)(64,513)(61,326)(70,229)(70,575)
Proceeds from divestments
190 12,008 3,710 74,680 79,714
Lease principal repayments
6
(99,383)(83,833)- - -
Net dividends paid
(62,170)(27,782)(52,264)(55,785)(52,466)
Other items
(10,260)350 (1,942)(648)(3,052)
Net cash flow
(7,542)244,236 86,171 55,932 81,709
Opening debt
168,068 (76,168)(162,339)(218,271)(299,980)
Closing debt
160,526 168,068 (76,168)(162,339)(218,271)
Notes
In the 2020 financial year the Group adopted NZ IFRS 16 “Leases” which recognised lease liabilities in relation to leases which had previously been classified
as ‘operating leases’ under NZIAS 17. This makes the comparability between financial years prior to the adoption of NZ IFRS 16 difficult. NZ IFRS 16 required
the Group to recognise a ‘lease liability’ reflecting future lease payments and a ‘right-of-use asset’ for virtually all lease contracts and resulted in a significant
increase in the Group's deferred tax asset. The income statement was impacted by the recognition of additional interest and depreciation expenses and the
removal of the previous rental expense.
1. Adjusted to exclude the impact of NZ IFRS 16
2. Includes NZIFRS 16 lease liability interest expense from 2020
3. Right of use assets relate to adoption of NZ IFRS 16 from 2020
4. Lease liabilities relate to adoption of NZ IFRS 16 from 2020
5. Deferred taxation assets include impact of adopting NZ IFRS 16
6. Prior to the adoption of NZ IFRS 16 lease principal repayments were classified as operating cash flows
7. Prior years have been restated to move the 1-day business from the Torpedo7 segment to TheMarket.com segment as a result of an organisational change.
Non-GAAP financial information
The numbers in the five year summary are largely extracted from the Group’s audited financial statements, but also include a number of non-GAAP financial
measures which the Group uses internally as it considers these line items provide a better measure of underlying business performance and improves multi-
year comparability. These non GAAP measures are not prepared in accordance with NZ IFRS and may not be comparable to similarly titled amounts reported
by other companies. The Group’s policy regarding unusual items and adjusted net profit are detailed in note 5.0 of the financial statements.
80
The Warehouse Group
GOVERNANCE
REPORT
At The Warehouse Group we are
committed to high standards of
corporate governance.
We believe it is a critical component in creating sustainable long-term
value for our shareholders, building strong relationships with team members,
improving the experience we offer our customers and contributes to our
place within the wider community.
In this section we introduce you to our Leadership Squad, our Board of
Directors, Governance Statement, Remuneration Policy and report, Director’s
and other disclosures, information for security holders, sustainability index
and a directory to help you contact us.
This statement gives an overview of the policies and processes that are in place throughout The Warehouse Group
Limited (the Company) that ensure best-practice standards of corporate governance are followed. We support
and comply with the NZX Corporate Governance Code 2020 (the NZX Code). This statement follows the structure
of the Code and addresses its recommendations. As at the date of the publication of this Annual Report, the
Company considers its governance practices are compliant with the NZX Code. This governance statement was
approved by the Board on 28 September 2021 and is current as at that date. The Company’s constitution,
the Board and committee charters, codes and policies referred to in this statement are available to view at
www.thewarehousegroup.co.nz/about-us/corporate-governance
81
Integrated Annual Report 2021
82
The Warehouse Group
Front: Tania Benyon, Stewart Smith, Michelle Anderson (L to R)
Middle: Nicholas Falconer, Jonathan Waecker, Nick Grayston, Jonathan Oram
Back: Richard Parker, Justus Wilde, Edwin Gear
Absent: Simon West
LEADERSHIP
SQUAD
Leadership Squad
83
Integrated Annual Report 2021
LEADERSHIP
SQUAD
Nick Grayston Chief Executive Officer Nick’s role as leader of the business means
he is focused on building a profitable business, driving operational improvement
and leading a high-performing team, all by putting our customers at the heart of
everything that we do.
Jonathan Oram Chief Financial Officer Jonathan’s responsibilities include business
advisory, financial reporting and planning, risk and compliance and governance across
the Group.
Tania Benyon Chief Product Officer Tania is responsible for sourcing and
building the best assortment of products for customers across our The Warehouse,
Warehouse Stationery and Noel Leeming brands, and ensuring these are delivered
in the most efficient and timely fashion.
Jonathan Waecker Chief Customer Officer Jonathan is responsible for attracting,
engaging and retaining customers through marketing, communications, customer
experience, insights, data science, and eCommerce activities, leading brand
strategy and customer engagement across the Group.
Michelle Anderson Chief Digital Officer Michelle is responsible for leading the
development and execution of digital customer experiences and data strategy
across the Group as well as Customer Care.
Edwin Gear Chief Information Officer Edwin is responsible for leading the
information services team, ensuring systems security and business continuity
while leading technology transformation into the future.
Richard Parker Chief Human Resources Officer Richard is responsible for
attracting and retaining world-class retail talent and with ensuring that the Group
is the best place to work in New Zealand for all our team members.
Stewart Smith General Manager Strategic Projects Stew is responsible
for guiding the business in key strategic growth domains and new venture
developments.
Nicholas Falconer Chief of Staff Nicholas is responsible for helping to guide the
business strategy, drive performance, and implement the agile business structure.
Justus Wilde CEO TheMarket.com Justus is the CEO of our digital marketplace
platform and is responsible for leading and building this platform as the digital
future of shopping.
Simon West CEO Torpedo7 Simon is the CEO of our outdoor adventure brand
Torpedo7 and is responsible for leading that business with a focus on building a
profitable business and driving operational turn around.
Our Leadership Squad (LS) ensures our business
is positioned for continued success and able
to take advantage of future opportunities,
while mitigating challenges as they arise.
They leverage a 'collective leadership model', which moves past hierarchical
command and control structures to lead through sponsorship of business areas and
enabling team members to perform at their best. This model focuses on working
together to lead the business forward in an ever-changing environment, with most
areas of our business having two Leadership Squad co-sponsors.
84
The Warehouse Group
OUR BOARD
INTERNAL
• Corporate Governance and
Nomination Committee (Chair)
• Audit and Risk Committee
• Disclosure Committee
• People and Remuneration
Committee
• Health, Safety and Wellbeing
Committee
• Environmental and Social
Sustainability Committee
OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
• Sky Network Television Limited
• ANZ Bank NZ Limited
• Sweet Louise Foundation
• Origin Energy Limited
INTERNAL
• Disclosure Committee
• Corporate Governance and
Nomination Committee
• People and Remuneration
Committee
• Health, Safety and Wellbeing
Committee
• TheMarket.com Board
OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
• K One W One Limited
• The Tindall Foundation
• Foundation Services Limited
Joan has been a professional
director for more than 20 years and
spent over 25 years working in the
media industry, previously holding
CEO positions at The Radio Network
and Fairfax Media. In addition to
her Chair role with The Warehouse
Group, Joan is also a director of
ANZ Bank NZ Limited, Origin Energy
Limited and Sky Network Television
Limited. Joan has previously held
Chair positions at Television New
Zealand Limited and Auckland
International Airport.
Joan is a Trustee of the Sweet
Louise Foundation and is Chair of
a steering committee working to
increase the percentage of South
Auckland Māori and Pacific Island
students taking up roles in the
health sector.
Robbie was elected as a Director of
the Group in November 2020, having
previously been Sir Stephen Tindalls
alternate and attending meetings
since his appointment in 2011.
Robbie studied Arts and Science
at the University of Auckland
before spending eight years at
The Warehouse in various
merchandise and buying roles.
Today he works for K One W
One Limited, a family investment
company working alongside and
investing in some of New Zealands
most exciting technology and
innovation companies as they grow
and seek to go global. Robbie is also
a Trustee of The Tindall Foundation.
Joan Withers
MBA, CFinstD
Chair & Independent
Non-Executive Director
Robert (Robbie) Tindall
BA, BSc
Non-Executive Director
John has had an extensive retail
career, which includes executive
experience across sectors that
span general merchandise,
fashion apparel, FMCG, consumer
electronics, telecommunications,
hospitality and electricity retailing.
Over his 30-year career he has spent
15 years with The Warehouse Group,
starting as a joint-venture partner
in 1990 and progressing through
senior roles in operations, marketing,
merchandise, international sourcing
and business development. John
has also had CEO roles with Noel
Leeming and foodservice distributor
Southern Hospitality.
INTERNAL
• Audit and Risk Committee
• Health, Safety and Wellbeing
Committee
• TheMarket.com Board
• Environmental and Social
Sustainability Committee
OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
• Vanishing Point Limited
• Farmlands Society
• Colonial Motor Company Limited
• Quantiful Limited (Member,
Advisory Board)
• West Auckland Trust Services
Limited
John Journee
BCom, CFinstD, MAICD
Independent
Non-Executive Director
Corporate Governance
85
Integrated Annual Report 2021
INTERNAL
• Health, Safety and Wellbeing
Committee (Chair)
• Audit and Risk Committee
• Environmental and Social
Sustainability Committee
OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
• Z Energy Limited
• Jade Software Corporation
Limited
• Southern Cross Healthcare
Limited
• Trustee - Southern Cross Health
Trust
• Trustee – Global Women NZ
Julia has extensive digital,
customer, data, information
technology, strategy and business
transformation experience across
a number of sectors including
airline, telecommunications, local
government and not-for-profit in
New Zealand and Australia.
She has a strong track record
of delivering award-winning
innovative customer-facing
products and services. Julia has
been a professional director for six
years. Previously, Julia was the
Chief Information Officer of Air
New Zealand, and she was awarded
the New Zealand CIO of the Year
award in 2009.
Julia Raue
CMinstD, GAICD
Independent
Non-Executive Director
INTERNAL
• People and Remuneration
Committee (Chair)
• Corporate Governance and
Nomination Committee
• Health, Safety and Wellbeing
Committee
• Environmental and Social
Sustainability Committee
OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
• Les Mills International Limited
• Wayfare Limited
• BLIS Technologies Limited
• Pioneer Energy Limited
Tony has extensive global retail
and eCommerce experience with
a strong track record in a diverse
range of industries.
Most recently, he was General
Manager (Markets) for Icebreaker
Clothing with responsibility for the
company’s global business units
in New Zealand, Australia, USA,
Canada, Europe and Asia as well as
the launch of the company’s rapidly
growing eCommerce and retail
business units. His prior experience
includes senior roles in Monster.com
and Seek.com, both successful
online recruitment platforms; and
nine years in global senior roles with
Nike, including General Manager of
Asia Pacific.
Antony (Tony) Balfour
BCom
Independent
Non-Executive Director
INTERNAL
• Health, Safety and Wellbeing
Committee
• People and Remuneration
Committee
OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
• Facebook Pty Limited
• Meandu Australia Pty Limited
Will is a seasoned business leader
and has an extensive track record
of driving growth across emerging
markets and technologies. He is
currently Managing Director of
Facebook for Australia and New
Zealand and was previously Vice
President at Facebook for Asia
Pacific Emerging Markets. Other
roles in his portfolio include
Regional Director at Google for
Mobile and Social in the Asia
Pacific region and Director of
Sales at Microsoft in the Consumer
Products Division.
Will has a passion for the retail
industry and has worked closely
with retailers throughout his
career. He started his career
with Coca-Cola as a Retail Sales
Manager and believes that there
are more opportunities than risks
in retail, provided retailers focus on
improving organisational designs.
William (Will) Easton
Independent
Non-Executive Director
Corporate Governance
86
The Warehouse Group
INTERNAL
• Audit and Risk Committee
(Chair)
• Health, Safety and Wellbeing
Committee
• Disclosure Committee (Chair)
• Corporate Governance and
Nomination Committee
OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
• Fulton Hogan Limited (Chair)
• Auckland International Airport
Limited
• Tappenden Holdings Limited
INTERNAL
• People and Remuneration
Committee
• Health, Safety and Wellbeing
Committee
• Environmental and Social
Sustainability Committee (Chair)
OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
• New Zealand APEC Business
Advisory Council (Chair)
• Wellington Regional Stadium
Trust (Chair)
• Young Enterprise Trust
• Advisor - Movac
• Limited Partner, Movac Fund 5 LP
Caroline is currently the Country Director for
Google NZ, where she is responsible for driving
the overall revenue and business strategy for
New Zealand, and in partnering with Government,
policy teams and New Zealand business
leaders she is focused on helping New Zealand
businesses grow and transform in the digital age.
Prior to joining Google in 2017, Caroline was the
Marketing and Product Director for the Latitude
NZ (previously GE Capital) business as well as
the Brand Director for the Australian and New
Zealand region. Her earlier career included roles
with Philips Royal Electronics in the Middle East,
Turkey and Africa.
Caroline holds a Bachelor of Commerce (Hons)
from the University of Auckland.
Renee has extensive experience in business
transformation, corporate strategy and technology
innovation. Renee is the Technology Lead for Spark
NZ with responsibility for technology innovation
across Spark. She has also played a key leadership
role in the organisation's transition to agile.
Renee's experience includes roles with Air
New Zealand and Macquarie Group. Renee
holds a Bachelor of Engineering (Hons) and a
Postgraduate Diploma in Business Administration
from Massey University.
Dean has significant CEO and
financial markets experience. Most
recently he was CEO of Silver Fern
Farms Limited where he successfully
led the business through a period of
significant change and improvement
in financial performance, staff and
supplier engagement, sustainability
and consumer trust in brand.
His prior experience includes 12 years
at global investment bank Deutsche
Bank, working in both Australia and
New Zealand where he advised a
wide range of companies on M&A,
capital management, corporate
restructuring and capital raising.
Rachel is a prominent business
leader and a strong advocate for
the Māori economy, values-based
business models, and our food and
beverage industry.
Her commitment to kaitiakitanga has
been evident throughout her career,
as founder of sustainable seafood
company Yellow Brick Road in 2006,
to her time as CEO of Māori-owned
food and beverage company Kono,
and now in her current role as co-
founder of business design and brand
strategy firm Oho.
She has held a number of governance
roles, with a particular expertise in
primary industries. She presently
chairs the APEC Business Advisory
Council and the Wellington Regional
Stadium Trust, serves as a member
on the board of the Young Enterprise
Trust, and acts as an advisor to
venture capital firm Movac.
Renee Mateparae
BEng
Future Director
Tenure ended: 1 September 2021
Caroline Rainsford
BCom
Future Director
Appointed: August 2021
Dean Hamilton
BCA
Independent
Non-Executive Director
Rachel Taulelei
Ngāti Raukawa ki te Tonga, Ngāti Rārua
LLB
Independent
Non-Executive Director
Corporate Governance
87
Integrated Annual Report 2021
Corporate Governance
this purpose in a way that is consistent with the Board and Management's
fiduciary duties and the stewardship of shareholders.
The Board Charter, last approved in May 2020 and available in the Corporate
Governance section of the website, sets out how the Board will achieve
its purpose. The Charter is reviewed at least every two years. The Board’s
responsibilities contained in the Charter are covered in the below table.
Management and administration of the Company is undertaken by the
Group CEO, who is assisted by the Leadership Squad, in accordance with
the strategy, plans and delegations approved by the Board. The Board has
implemented appropriate procedures to enable management to undertake its
delegated duties and for performance to be assessed. More information can
be found in the Remuneration section on page 97.
The Board
The Board comprises eight directors: Joan Withers (Chair), Dean Hamilton,
John Journee, Tony Balfour, Robbie Tindall, Julia Raue, Will Easton and
Rachel Taulelei. Renee Mateparae was the Future Director and her tenure
ended on 1 September 2021. Caroline Rainsford has been appointed as the
new Future Director. Director profiles are available on pages 84 to 86.
Chair
Joan Withers is Chair of The Warehouse Group Board, first appointed in 2016,
and is an independent, non-executive director whose responsibilities include:
• providing leadership to the Board and to the Company;
• ensuring the efficient organisation and conduct of the Board;
• monitoring Board performance annually;
• facilitating Board discussions to ensure core issues facing the Company
are addressed;
• briefing all Directors in relation to issues arising at Board meetings;
• facilitating the effective contribution and ongoing development of all
Directors;
• promoting consultative and respectful relations between Board members
and between the Board and Management; and
• chairing Board and shareholder meetings.
The Warehouse Group Board Charter states the Company’s Chair must not
be the same person who is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.
Director Appointments
Procedures for the appointment and removal of Directors are governed
by the Company's Constitution and the NZX Listing Rules. The Corporate
Governance and Nominations Committee is delegated with the responsibility
of identifying and nominating, for the approval of the Board, candidates to fill
Board vacancies as and when they arise. In doing so the Committee will seek
to identify the necessary and desirable competencies that will ensure that
any candidate it puts forward will enable the Board to:
• fulfil its responsibilities;
• represent a variety of skills, expertise, experience (including commercial
and/or industry experience and diversity of backgrounds and thought); and
Strategy and
Planning
• set strategic direction and appropriate operating frameworks;
• monitor management’s performance within those frameworks;
People Resources• ensure that the Board is and remains appropriately skilled to meet the changing needs of the Company;
• ensure there are adequate resources available to meet the Company’s objectives;
• appoint and remove the Group CEO and oversee succession plans for the leadership squad,
• set criteria for, and evaluate the performance of, the Group CEO and approve his or her remuneration;
• annually review, approve and adopt the Diversity policy and diversity objectives, and measure achievement against the objectives;
Financial
Performance and
Risk
• approve and monitor financial reporting and capital management including the payment of dividends;
• monitor the financial solvency of the Company;
• subject to shareholder approval being granted, approve the appointment and retention of the external auditor;
• ensure that effective risk management procedures are in place and are being used;
Health and Safety• ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable, a safe and healthy working environment is provided and maintained for all employees,
customers, contractors and visitors;
Ethical Behaviour
and Corporate
Governance
• promote and authorise ethical and responsible decision-making by the Company;
• ensure the Company has appropriate corporate governance structures in place including standards of ethical behaviour;
• approve timely and balanced communication to shareholders.
BOARD COMPOSITION AND PERFORMANCE
“To ensure an effective Board, there should be a balance of independence,
skills, knowledge, experience and perspectives.”
Responsibilities of the Board
The central role of the Board is to set the strategic direction, to select
and appoint the Company’s Group Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and
to oversee the Company’s management and business activities with the
primary objective to create and continue to build sustainable value for
shareholders. This requires consideration of and regular engagement with all
the stakeholders that are critical to our success (shareholders, employees,
customers, suppliers, communities and society at large) as determined
by the Company and the Board using their business judgment. We fulfill
• competently address accounting, finance and legal matters.
The terms and conditions of appointment are set out in a letter of
appointment which details the Director’s duties, term of appointment
(subject to shareholder approval), expectations of the role and
remuneration. A copy of the standard letter is available in the Corporate
Governance section of the website.
The Company indemnifies and provides insurance to Directors in accordance
with the Companies Act 1993 for certain claims which may be brought
against them as Directors.
Director Induction and Development
When appointed to the Board, all new Directors undergo a detailed
induction programme to familiarise them with the Company’s businesses
and strategy.
Ongoing training includes briefings by senior management and guest
speakers on relevant industry and competitive issues, occasional overseas
study tours and site visits. Directors are actively encouraged to attend.
Director Independence and Conflicts
The Board’s standards for determining the independence of a Director,
including the requirements of the NZX Listing Rules, are set out in full in the
Board Charter.
Under these criteria, the Board has a majority of independent Directors and
the roles of Chair and Group Chief Executive Officer (CEO) are not exercised
by the same person.
Of the Board's eight Directors. Joan Withers (Chair), Dean Hamilton, Antony
(Tony) Balfour, John Journee, Julia Raue, William (Will) Easton and Rachel
Taulelei are considered to be independent non-executive Directors. Robert
(Robbie) Tindall is not deemed to be independent by virtue of associated
shareholdings in the Company. The Board assesses the independence of
directors on their appointment and at least annually thereafter.
The Board is conscious of its obligations to ensure that Directors avoid
conflicts of interest between their duty to the Company and their own
interests. Where conflicts of interest do exist at law then the Director
must disclose their interest. Directors and team members are required to
minimise any potential conflicts in line with the Company’s Code of Ethics.
88
The Warehouse Group
Relevant Board Skills to
execute Group Strategy
Joan
Withers
Will
Easton
John
Journee
Robbie
Tindall
Julia
Raue
Tony
Balfour
Dean
Hamilton
Rachel
Taulelei
Industry specific
Operational experience in the retail
industry
Brand, marketing and customer
experience
Omni-channel retail experience
Digital and technology
experience
Direct sourcing experience
Logistics experience
Specific to Group strategy
Development of a high
performance culture
Senior leadership of change
management at scale
Transformation and business
disruption experience
Innovation and entrepreneurism
Government relations
Union relations
Environment and Corporate
Social Responsibility experience
Subject matter expertise
Development and execution
of business strategy
Governance experience
Large company leadership
experience
Finance/accounting expertise
Audit committee/ risk
management experience
Regulatory knowledge and
experience
Health and safety experience
HR/learning and development
experience
Financial markets experience
Iwi relationships and connectivity
Shareholder and investor relations
experience
Primary skills
Secondary skills
BOARD SKILLS MATRIX
Governance plays a critical role in business and stakeholders deserve the highest standards of corporate governance from
their boards.
Our Board skills and diversity self-assessment found that the Board holds many strong attributes with a diverse mix of skills
among the Directors. This will help drive the Group to achieve our strategy through great execution, brand marketing and
customer experience.
Corporate Governance
89
Integrated Annual Report 2021
Name of
Director
Originally
Appointed
Last Reappointed/
Elected
Joan Withers23 September 201622 November 2019
Julia Raue23 September 201622 November 2019
Antony (Tony) Balfour15 October 201223 November 2018
John Journee17 October 201323 November 2018
William (Will) Easton3 October 201823 November 2018
Dean Hamilton20 April 202027 November 2020
Robbie Tindall
27 November 202027 November 202027 November 202027 November 2020
Rachel Taulelei12 February 2021
Tenure
0-3 years
4-6 years
7+ years
Future Directors Programme
Continuing the Company’s commitment to supporting the next generation
of governance talent in New Zealand, the Board appointed Ms Caroline
Rainsford in August 2021 as part of the Future Directors initiative
administered by the Institute of Directors in New Zealand. Ms Rainsford
attended her first Board meeting on 31 August 2021 and her appointment
will continue through to February 2023.
The Company thanks Renee Mateparae, whose tenure as Future Director
ended on 1 September 2021, for her contribution and enthusiasm while
serving in this position.
Board Structure, Skills and Composition
The current Board comprises Directors with a mix of qualifications, skills
and experience appropriate to the Company’s existing operations and
strategic directions. Qualifications and experience of individual Directors
are detailed on pages 84 to 86. A comprehensive matrix of Director skills
is on the preceding page.
Board Evaluation
The Chair, with the assistance of appropriate external advisors, regularly
assesses the performance of individual Directors whilst Directors also
assess the collective performance of the Board and the performance of the
Chair. A formal evaluation is regularly conducted with assistance from an
outside facilitator.
Board Tenure
The Constitution provides that the minimum size of the Board shall not
at any time be less than five and the Board has fixed the maximum
number of directors to be 10. Each year, any Director who is required
by the NZX Listing Rules or the Company’s Constitution to retire will
retire from office and may offer themselves for re-election at the Annual
Shareholders' Meeting.
COMMITTEEROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIESMEMBERSHIPMEETINGS
People and
Remuneration
Committee
Review and make recommendations in relation
to the human resources strategy, the Company’s
remuneration policies and practices and the
remuneration and performance of the Group Chief
Executive Officer.
Comprised of a majority of non-executive,
independent directors.
Current members:
• Tony Balfour (Chair)
• Joan Withers • Will Easton
• Robbie Tindall • Rachel Taulelei
At least twice a year.
Corporate
Governance and
Nominations
Committee
Ensure a high level of corporate governance
through continuous monitoring of international
corporate governance best practice as promulgated
by the relevant authoritative bodies. Ensure that
the Board is populated with an appropriate mix of
skills and experience who collectively provide the
diversity of thought and judgement required.
Comprised of a majority of independent directors.
Current members:
• Joan Withers (Chair)
• Tony Balfour
• Dean Hamilton
• Robbie Tindall
At least once a year.
Disclosure
Committee
Support the Company in meeting its disclosure
obligations as set out in the NZX Listing Rules,
the Companies Act 1993 and any other applicable
regulations by overseeing the Company’s compliance
with this Policy.
Comprised of the Board Chair, Chair of the Audit and
Risk Committee, independent directors, Group Chief
Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and
Disclosure Officer.
Current members:
• Dean Hamilton (Chair)
• Joan Withers • Robbie Tindall
• Group CEO, CFO and Company Secretary
Held as required.
Audit and Risk
Committee
Assist the Board to fulfil its risk and audit
responsibilities.
Comprised of at least three independent directors.
The Chair will be independent and may not be the
Chair of the Company.
Current members:
• Dean Hamilton (Chair) • Joan Withers
• John Journee • Julia Raue
At least three times
each year.
Health, Safety
and Wellbeing
Committee
Assist the Board to govern health, safety and
wellbeing.
Comprised of all Directors.
Chair:
• Julia Raue
At the discretion of
the Committee Chair.
Environmental
and Social
Sustainability
Committee
Assist the Board to govern the Company's
environmental, social and sustainability
responsibilities.
Comprised of a majority of independent directors and
the Group Chief Executive Officer.
• Rachel Taulelei (Chair)
• Tony Balfour • John Journee
• Joan Withers • Julia Raue
• Group CEO
At least four times
each year.
Corporate Governance
The Board does not believe that any Director has served on the Board for a
period which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere
with the Director’s ability to act in the best interests of the Company. The
Board considers that Directors retain independence of character and
judgement regardless of length of service.
90
The Warehouse Group
Board
Audit
and Risk
Committee
People and
Remuneration
Committee
Corporate
Governance and
Nomination
Committee
Health, Safety
and Wellbeing
Committee
Disclosure
Committee
Environmental
and Social
Sustainability
Committee
7
Number of Meetings
18642270
Joan Withers
1864227
Tony Balfour
142
1
4211
1
John Journee
1762
1
2
Keith Smith
4
72211
Sir Stephen Tindall
2
Robbie Tindall
183
1
4127
Will Easton
16
Dean Hamilton
166
16
Julia Raue
1651
5
1
Rachel Taulelei
3
81
1
2
6
1
1
Non-committee member in attendance
2
Leave of Absence – August 2020 to November 2020. Retired from the Board in November 2020
3
Joined Board in February 2021
4
Retired from Board in November 2020
5
Julia Raue was a People and Remuneration Committee member for 3 months
6
Rachel Taulelei attended People and Remuneration Committee once as a non-member and once as a committee member
7
Environmental and Social Sustainability Committee formed in June 2021. The first meeting was held after year end.
BOARD COMMITTEES
The table below outlines the number of meetings of the Board and Board Committees during the year ended 1 August 2021 and director attendance at
these meetings.
BOARD COMMITTEES
“The Board should use committees where this will enhance its effectiveness
in key areas, while still retaining Board responsibility.”
The Board has established committees that focus on particular areas of
the Board’s responsibilities and together ensure the efficient performance
of the Board, and the achievement of Corporate Governance outcomes.
The committees report to the full Board on all material matters and issues
requiring Board decisions. From time to time, the Board may create ad hoc
committees to examine specific issues on its behalf.
Current Committees
The current committee structure is set out in the table above.
RISK MANAGEMENT
“Directors should have a sound understanding of the material risks faced by
the issuer and how to manage them. The Board should regularly verify that
the issuer has appropriate processes that identify and manage potential and
material risks.”
Risk Management Framework
Risk is the chance of something happening that will have an impact on
business objectives. Having established an acceptable risk tolerance, the
Company’s approach is to identify, analyse, evaluate and appropriately
manage risk in the business.
The Company recognises three main types of risk:
• Operational risk – risk to earnings and reputation arising from inadequate
or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events;
• Business risk – risk to earnings and reputation from business event risk,
legal, compliance or regulatory risk; and
• Market risk – risk to earnings and reputation arising from competitor
activity, product risk and risk associated with changes in financial markets
(such as interest rate, foreign exchange and liquidity risk).
Material Risks Identified
Information on material risks the business faces and how they are managed,
are outlined on page 31.
Risk Management Roles and Responsibilities
The Board is responsible for reviewing and approving the Company’s risk
management strategy. The Board delegates day-to-day management of risk
to the Group CEO who may further delegate such responsibilities to executive
and other officers. Inherent in this delegation is the belief that responsibility for
managing risks in the business is the domain of the business unit.
Risk Monitoring and Evaluation
While the Board is ultimately responsible for the risk management of
the Company, the Audit and Risk Committee reviews the reports of
Management and the external and internal auditors on the effectiveness
of systems for internal control, financial reporting and risk management.
To assist in discharging this responsibility, the Board has in place a
number of strategies designed to safeguard the Company’s assets and
interests and ensure the integrity of reporting. These reports include
quarterly reviews of store audit results and quarterly reports on internal
audit findings.
Health and Safety
The Company’s approach and process on health and safety initiatives can be
found on pages 40 to 42.
Indemnity and Insurance
In accordance with section 162 of the Companies Act 1993 and the
Constitution of the Company, the Company has provided insurance for, and
indemnities to, Directors and employees of the Group and its subsidiaries
for losses from actions undertaken in the course of their legitimate duties.
The insurance includes indemnity costs and expenses incurred to defend
an action that falls outside the scope of the indemnity.
Corporate Governance
91
Integrated Annual Report 2021
DIVERSITY
Diversity of gender, skill, age, experience and beliefs are valued and the
provision of equal opportunities for all employees and those looking to
join the Company is fundamental to the way we operate as a business.
For the year ended 1 August 2021 the Board is satisfied that the Company
achieved its gender diversity objectives and other measurable objectives.
Details regarding the Company’s Diversity Policy, goals and performance
criteria are detailed on page 93.
AUDITORS
“The Board should ensure the quality and independence of the external
audit process.”
Approach to Audit Governance
The independence of the external auditor is of particular importance to
shareholders and the Board. The Audit and Risk Committee is responsible
for overseeing the external audit of the Company. Accordingly, it monitors
developments in the areas of audit and threats to audit independence to
ensure its policies and practices are consistent with emerging best practice
in these areas.
The Board has adopted a policy on audit independence, the key elements of
which are:
• the external auditor must remain independent of the Company at all times
and comply with the Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand
(CAANZ) Code of Ethics;
• the external auditor must monitor its independence and annually report to
the Board that it has remained independent;
• the audit firm is permitted to provide certain non-audit services, set
out in the Audit and Risk Committee Charter, that are not considered
to be in conflict with the preservation of the independence of the
auditor; and
• the Audit and Risk Committee must approve significant permissible non-
audit work assignments that are awarded to an external auditor, and the
value of non-audit work must be reported at every Board meeting.
Corporate Governance
Engagement of the External Auditor
The Company’s external auditor is PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC). PwC
was appointed by shareholders at the 2004 Annual Meeting in accordance
with the provisions of the Companies Act 1993 (Act). PwC is automatically
reappointed as auditor under section 207T of the Act.
Attendance at the Annual Shareholders' Meeting
PwC, as auditor of the 2021 Financial Statements, has been invited to attend
this year’s Annual Shareholders Meeting and will be available to answer
questions about the conduct of the audit, preparation and content of the
auditors’ report, accounting policies adopted by The Warehouse Group
Limited and the independence of the auditor in relation to the conduct of
the audit.
The Company’s corporate legal advisors, Russell McVeagh, will also attend
the Annual Shareholders' Meeting.
Internal Audit
The Company has an internal audit function which is independent of the
Company’s external auditors. The internal audit function of the Company is
undertaken by Ernst & Young and the Company’s own internal audit team.
The respective internal audit teams report to and are directed by the Audit
and Risk Committee.
Each year, the internal audit programme is approved by the Audit and Risk
Committee. The programme of audit work considers the most significant
areas of business risk in the Company and is developed following discussions
with senior management, review of the business process model of the
Company and consideration of the findings of the strategic risk assessment.
The programme considers risks also in relation to major projects that are
planned or currently under way.
The role of internal audit is to:
• assess the design and operating effectiveness of controls governing key
operations, processes and business risks;
• provide the Board with an assessment, independent of management, as to
the adequacy of the Company’s internal operating and financial controls,
business processes, systems and practices; and
• assist the Board in meeting its corporate governance and regulatory
responsibilities.
92
The Warehouse Group
SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS AND RELATIONS
“The Board should respect the rights of shareholders and foster constructive
relationships with shareholders that encourage them to engage with the issuer.”
The Company is committed to providing a high standard of communication
to its investors. The Company believes effective communication
achieved by equal access to timely, accurate and complete information
allows investors to make informed assessments of the Company’s value
and prospects. Investor communication is governed by the Investor
Communications Policy.
The Company has an investor relations programme which includes
communication through:
• periodic and continuous disclosure to the NZX;
• annual reports;
• the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting (ASM);
• the Company’s website which includes financial and operational
information, and key Corporate Governance information; and
• analyst and investor briefings and roadshows.
Engagement with Investors
The Company values its dialogue with strategic stakeholders, institutional
and retail investors, and believes effective engagement benefits
both the Company and investors. ASMs, analyst and investor briefings
and roadshows provide an important opportunity for this dialogue.
Shareholders also have the opportunity to submit questions and
comments through investors@thewarehouse.co.nz
Website
The Company’s website contains a comprehensive set of investor-related
material and data including NZX disclosures and media releases, interim and
annual reports, share-price and dividend information, shareholder meeting
materials and all of the Company’s governance charters and policies.
Annual Shareholders' Meeting (ASM)
The ASM provides an opportunity for Directors, the Group CEO, senior
management and the Company’s external auditor to meet shareholders and
answer any questions they may have.
The ASM is held at a convenient time and location and this year is
anticipated to be run as a hybrid meeting (being a combination of the
physical meeting as well as a virtual online meeting) or as a virtual only
meeting. This is due to the uncertainties again this year around COVID-19,
and we anticipate this will also maximise participation. The 2021 ASM will be
held on 26 November 2021. The Notice of Meeting will be circulated as soon
as possible (at least 28 days before the meeting) and will be posted on the
Company’s website.
In accordance with the Companies Act 1993 and NZX Listing Rules, the
Company refers any significant matters to shareholders for approval at the
ASM, and shareholders are given the opportunity to vote by proxy ahead of
the meeting or by polling if attending the meeting in person or virtually.
Electronic Communication
The Company moved to electronic reporting in 2016, noting a key
component of the Company’s strategy is cost effectiveness and minimising
the Company’s impact on the environment. Shareholders can request a hard
copy of the Annual Report to be mailed to them free of charge by contacting
Computershare, our share registrar. We would encourage shareholders to
provide their email addresses to Computershare to enable them to receive
all other shareholder materials electronically.
Computershare Investor Services Limited
Telephone: +64 9 488 8777
Email: enquiry@computershare.co.nz
CODE OF ETHICAL BEHAVIOUR
“Directors should set high standards of ethical behaviour, model this
behaviour and hold management accountable for these standards being
followed throughout the organisation”.
The Company is committed to fostering the highest standards of ethical
behaviour and good conduct. We believe this is at the heart of having a
reputation as a trusted and respected company that promotes honesty,
integrity and ethical conduct across the organisation in day-to-day
behaviour and decision-making.
Code of Ethics
The Code of Ethics sets out the standards of conduct expected of
everyone working at The Warehouse Group including Directors, our people,
contractors and other agents. The Code of Ethics provides a guide to the
conduct that is consistent with the Company’s values and behaviours,
business goals and legal obligations, and outlines internal reporting
procedures for any breaches. Sanctions for breaches may include serious
disciplinary action, removal from office and dismissal as well as other
remedies, all to the extent permitted by law and as appropriate given the
specific circumstances. An introduction to the Code of Ethics forms part of
the induction and training process of new employees. The Code is available
on the Corporate Governance section of the website.
Financial Products Trading Policy
The Company is committed to transparency and fairness in dealing with
all its stakeholders and to ensuring adherence to all applicable laws and
regulations. The Financial Products Trading Policy governs trading in the
Company’s securities by Directors, employees and other associated persons.
The policy and timing of black-out periods is set out in the Financial
Products Trading Policy which is available on the Corporate Governance
section of the website.
REPORTING AND DISCLOSURE
“The Board should demand integrity in financial and non-financial reporting
and in the timeliness and balance of corporate disclosures.”
The Board is committed to providing full and timely financial and non-
financial information that is accurate, balanced, meaningful and consistent.
As a listed company, keeping the market informed is a key component to
ensuring the securities are valued fairly.
Market Disclosure Policy
The Board has approved a Market Disclosure Policy which describes the
processes designed to ensure that the Company meets its reporting and
disclosure objectives and all disclosure obligations under the NZX Listing Rules.
To assist the Company with its Market Disclosure Policy, the Board has
appointed a Disclosure Committee. The Committee is responsible for
making decisions on what should be disclosed publicly under the Market
Disclosure Policy. The Company Secretary is the Disclosure Officer of
the Company and has responsibility for ensuring compliance with the
continuous disclosure requirements and overseeing and co-ordinating
disclosure to the market.
Financial Reporting
The Audit and Risk Committee oversees the quality and integrity of
external financial reporting including the accuracy, completeness and
timeliness of financial statements and is committed to providing balanced,
clear and objective financial reporting.
It reviews half-yearly and annual financial statements and makes
recommendations to the Board concerning accounting policies, areas of
judgement, compliance with accounting standards, stock exchange and
legal requirements, and the results of the external and internal audit.
Management accountability for the integrity of the Company’s financial
reporting is reinforced by certification from the CEO and the CFO.
The CEO and CFO have provided the Board with written confirmation
that the Company’s financial report presents a true and fair view, in all
material respects, of the Company’s financial position for the year ended
1 August 2021, and that operational results are in accordance with relevant
accounting standards.
Non-Financial Reporting
The Warehouse Group's Corporate Governance section on the website
includes all key governance documents including the Code of Ethics,
Board and Committee Charters and relevant Company policies.
Communities and Environment are at the heart of the Company’s culture.
The Company reports annually its financial and non-financial contribution to
the community, as well as audited figures on its greenhouse gas emissions.
The Company’s philosophy, achievements, material environmental, economic
and social risks are outlined in our Integrated Report.
Use of
Information by Directors
During the financial year, there were no notices from Directors of the
Company, or its subsidiary companies, requesting to disclose or use
Company information received in their capacities as Directors of the
Company or its subsidiary companies which would not otherwise have
been available to them.
Corporate Governance
ENGAGING WITH OUR INVESTORS
93
Integrated Annual Report 2021
Corporate Governance
Areas of
focus
ObjectiveTargetActual
Gender
Improve
representation
of women at
senior levels
of business
50% of senior leadership
roles held by women
by 2022
20202021
Female representationFemaleTotalFemaleTotal
Board2738
Executive2 11212
Direct report to executive
team
25583060
Other*
*331 were non-disclosed
--6,21411,069
Close gender
pay gaps
TWG to
achieve 100%
pay equity by
2022
A new agile remuneration model was developed in FY21 for our Store Support Office (SSO) team members which is a
framework that determines a team member’s pay in line with the contribution and value they deliver to the business.
The model requires that employees are paid a specific amount (pay point) based on their level in the contribution
model. The simplicity and transparency of the contribution model and the pay points assigned to each level
significantly reduces any pay differences based on gender or other irrelevant factors.
Our current gender pay gap for SSO is 1% which we hope to reduce to 0% in FY22.
Age
Other*
*132 were non-disclosed
Māori
Culture
Build our
Māori cultural
competency
To earn and strengthen our position
as a New Zealand employer and
community partner by encouraging
and enriching inclusion of Māori
cultural and language practices
throughout Aotearoa.
In FY21 we focused on celebrating Matariki and Māori Language Week,
Te Kaa training for leaders, creation of community groups, and bilingual
signage and packaging.
In FY22 we will be launching our TupaToa internships, increasing the
frequency of te reo on in store radio and amongst our leadership group as well
as recognising Matariki and Māori Language Week.
Diversity
and
Inclusion
Develop and
celebrate our
diversity
Senior Managers complete
unconscious bias training and
managing diversity in the workplace
workshops
Launch Diversity and Inclusion
survey to build D&I understanding
D&I communities to be established
across the Group to support
initiatives close to our team
members hearts
Launch Diversity and Inclusion
Survey in FY22
Maintained Rainbow Tick Accreditation
Relaunched Lean in for Women Leaders which includes training around gender
bias
Celebrations: Auckland Big Gay Out and Pride in Wellington, International
Women's Day, Wellbeing Week with focus on mental health, Gumboot Day
Partnership with Brain Badge and Altogether Autism to champion thinking
different.
Continue to
support our
people
through
inclusive
policies
Continue to support our Gender Transition Policy and Family Violence Policy (In 2021 we reviewed our Family Violence
Policy and increased it to 15 days' paid leave and 3 free nights’ accommodation)
Support parental leave policies such as Ease Back to Work to encourage mothers to return to work
For FY21 we were focused on gender equity as well as creating a feeling of belonging and designing work for wellbeing to live and perform at our best.
For FY22 we will be focused on fostering an environment of inclusion for all types of diversity so that everyone feels like they belong. We aim to foster an
environment where everyone feels safe to be themselves and bring their best selves to work.
Age
representation
Under 30 years old30-50 years oldOver 50 years old
Board
#
-35
-75
1
5,466
48
3,682
10
1,789
%
-38%62%
-58%42%
2%
50%
82%
33%
17%
16%
%%##
Executive
Direct report to
executive team*
* 1 individual
non-disclosed
CELEBRATING DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION
The Group strives to create a workplace where our people feel they can bring their whole selves to work. We believe that can only happen in an
environment where diversity and inclusion are embraced. That is why we’re committed to continuously identifying ways we can improve diversity
and inclusivity.
94
The Warehouse Group
DescriptionPerformance Measures
Percentage
Achieved
Short-term
Incentive
(STI)
Set at 50% of base salary for On Target performance.
Combination of financial and non-financial
performance measures.
Financial Measures: 70% weighting:
The financial measure is based on achieving Group EBIT budget
(excluding STI).
120%
For this to be payable, the Group must firstly achieve
a gate opener of 90% of the Adjusted NPAT budget
and a minimum level of individual performance must
be achieved.
Individual Measures 30% weighting:
Individual goals relate to delivery of strategic priorities, delivering
core business drivers and building capability.
120%
Long-term
Incentive
(LTI)
FY19-FY21
Cash based scheme. Potential 50% of base salary for
On Target performance.
100% weighting based on the three-year Group Adjusted
NPAT, calculated as a percentage of the Budgeted Group
Adjusted NPAT. 50% of potential paid if >95% of target
achieved, increasing to a maximum of 150% for achievement
of 125% of target.*
150%
Base Pay for Performance
Salary
Taxable
BenefitsSubtotalSTILTISubtotal
Total
Remuneration
Nick Grayston1,461691,530-8488482,378
YearGroup CEO
Total
Earnings Paid Base
Taxable
BenefitsSTI
STI as % of
MaximumLTI
2021Nick Grayston2,3781,46169 --848
2020Nick Grayston2,8621,46197--1,304
2019Nick Grayston1,9721,4356647148%-
2018Nick Grayston2,2371,4155476896%-
2017Nick Grayston1,7731,4152533331%-
REMUNERATION REPORT
1. CEO remuneration 2021 ($ 000s)
2. 5 year summary of CEO remuneration ($ 000s)
3. Breakdown of pay for performance (2021)
Explanation of the above items
1. The 2021 Long Term Incentive (LTI) value relates to FY18-FY20 but was paid in FY21. The FY19-FY21 LTI and FY21 STI, set out in section 3 below,
will be paid in FY22.
2. The actual remuneration paid includes holiday pay paid as per NZ legislation.
3. Nick Grayston joined the Group in November 2015.
4. Taxable benefits are the value of employer KiwiSaver contributions.
4. 5 year summary of Total Shareholder Return performance
TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN (TSR)
Financial Year 2019 (FY19) 20.2%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
20%
0%
10%
-20%
-10%
FY17FY18FY19
FY20FY21
Financial Year 2020 (FY20) -6.1%
Financial Year 2021 (FY21) 74.9%
Financial Year 2017 (FY17) -18.9%
Financial Year 2018 (FY18) 3.3%
Statutory Disclosures
* As set out in section 6 the performance target for the CEO's LTI grants was changed in FY21 to be absolute TSR against the Company's cost of equity
plus 1% over a three-year performance period and is now capped at 125%.
95
Integrated Annual Report 2021
Statutory Disclosures
Year Invited% of SalarySettlementPerformance PeriodMeasure
FY1850%CashAugust 2017 to July 2020
Three-year Group Adjusted NPAT achieved calculated
as a percentage of the budgeted Group Adjusted NPAT.
FY1950%CashAugust 2018 to July 2021
Three-year Group Adjusted NPAT achieved calculated
as a percentage of the budgeted Group Adjusted NPAT.
FY2050%CashAugust 2019 to July 2022
Three-year Group Adjusted NPAT achieved calculated
as a percentage of the budgeted Group Adjusted NPAT.
FY2150%CashAugust 2020 to July 2023
Absolute TSR^ against the Company’s cost of equity
plus 1% over a three-year performance period.
FY2250%Cash/SharesAugust 2021 to July 2024
Absolute TSR^ against the Company’s cost of equity
plus 1% over a three-year performance period.
DescriptionPerformance Measures
1. TSR Methodology
Total Shareholder Return has been calculated as the movement in the share price during
the period plus any dividends paid.
2. Board Discretion
The Board of Directors has not exercised discretion with regard to CEO’s incentive pay for
performance for 2021. Any payments made or forecasted are in line with contractual or
scheme criteria.
3. OmissionsNo information has been omitted relating to CEO remuneration.
4. Any Other ItemsThere are no other items payable to the CEO that are not disclosed.
5. BenefitsThere are no benefits attributable to the CEO due to any loans made.
6. WithholdingsNo part of the CEO remuneration has been withheld for any purpose.
7. Related PartiesNo related parties are involved with the CEO remuneration.
Explanation: Base salary is set at $1.512 million for the financial year. STI is 50% of base salary for On Target performance. The gate for payment is 90% of
2022 Group Adjusted NPAT budget. The STI is split: 70% based on Group financial results and 30% individual performance against goals. LTI is 50% of base
salary, settled in cash and/or shares, and is payable at the end of the three-year performance period if The Warehouse Group's target of absolute TSR
against the Company’s cost of equity plus 1% is achieved for the three-year period.
^ TSR measure ensures Mangement’s long-term incentives are more closely aligned to shareholder outcomes.
REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)
5. Potential CEO remuneration (2022)
BASEBASE + ON TARGET
INCENTIVES
4000
3000
1000
2000
0
100%
50%
LTI
STI
BASE
Base Package 2022Pay for Performance at Target 2022
$ 000Salary
Taxable
BenefitsSubtotalSTILTISubtotal
Total
Remuneration
Nick Grayston1,512451,5577567561,5123,069
6. CEO LTI Grants
7. Required disclosures per guidelines
25%
25%
96
The Warehouse Group
Statutory Disclosures
Remuneration
($ 000)
Number of
Team Members
100 - 110146
110 - 120105
120 - 13090
130 - 14082
140 - 15058
150 - 16036
160 - 17030
170 - 18026
180 - 19018
190 - 20020
200 - 21021
210 - 22015
220 - 23012
230 - 2409
240 - 2505
250 - 2605
Remuneration
($ 000)
Number of
Team Members
260 - 2707
270 - 2809
280 - 2904
290 - 3005
300 - 3102
320 - 3301
330 - 3401
340 - 3501
350 - 3602
360 - 3702
370 - 3801
380 - 3901
400 - 4102
410 - 4201
440 - 4501
450 - 4601
Remuneration
($ 000)
Number of
Team Members
480 - 4901
510 - 5203
530 - 5402
550 - 5601
560 - 5701
630 - 6401
640 - 6501
670 - 6801
800 - 8101
850 - 8601
870 - 8801
970 - 9801
1,110 - 1,1201
1,270 - 1,2801
2,370 - 2,3801
TEAM MEMBERS’ REMUNERATION
Grouped below, in accordance with section 211(1)(g) of the Companies Act 1993, are the number of Team Members or former Team Members, not being directors
or former directors, who received remuneration and other benefits valued at or exceeding $100,000 during the accounting period.
Remuneration includes redundancy payments and termination payments made during the year to Team Members whose remuneration would not otherwise
have been included in the table reported below.
Team Members also received share-based remuneration during the year as part of the Group’s long-term incentive plans (refer to note 11.5 to the financial
statements). The amount attributed to share-based remuneration presented in the table below represents the value to the employee of the compensation
determined using the share price on the date when share options were exercised by the Team Member and/or the share price on the date when share
rights vested.
97
Integrated Annual Report 2021
as at 1 Dec 2013
Fees changed
as at 1 Jan 2021
Board/Committee NamePositionFees (Per Annum)Fees (Per Annum)
Board of Directors
Chair
$166,000
1
$166,000
1
Deputy Chair
$115,000
1
-
Member
$78,525 $78,525
Audit and Risk Committee
Chair
$15,000 $25,000
Member
$7,500 $7,500
People and Remuneration Committee
Chair
$12,000 $20,000
Member
$6,000 $6,000
Health, Safety and Wellbeing Committee
Chair
$12,000 $15,000
Member
--
Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee
Chair
--
Member
--
Disclosure Committee
Chair
--
Member
-
-
Environmental and Social Sustainability CommitteeChair
-
-
Member
-
-
1. Includes attendances at committee meetings
DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION
The current Directors’ fee pool limit is $900,000 which was approved by the shareholders at the 22 November 2013 Annual Shareholders' Meeting. Fees are
paid for Board and committee roles as indicated below. Directors are reimbursed for reasonable travel and other costs associated with fulfilling his or her role.
The Chair and Deputy Chair (if applicable) do not receive additional fees for membership of other Board committees.
ACTUAL DIRECTOR REMUNERATION 2020/21
Name of Director
Board
Fees
Audit
and Risk
Committee
People and
Remuneration
Committee
Corporate
Governance
and Nomination
Committee
Disclosure
Committee
Health,
Safety and
Wellbeing
Committee
Environmental
and Social
Sustainability
Committee
6
Other
Committees
Shares
and Other
Payments
or Benefits
Total
Individual
Remuneration
Joan Withers (Chair)
$166,000
(Chair)
-
(member)
-
(member)
-
(Chair)
-
(member)
-
(member)
-
(member)
-- $166,000
Tony Balfour
$78,525 -
$19,890
(Chair)
1&2
-
(member)
-
-
(member)
-
(member)
-- $98,415
William Easton
$78,525 ----
-
(member)
--- $78,525
Dean Hamilton
$78,525
$17,708
(member/
Chair)
1,3
-
-
(member)
-
(member)
-
(member)
--- $96,233
Julia Raue
$78,525
$7,500
(member)
$1,500
(member)
7
- -
$13,750
(Chair)
1
-
(member)
-- $101,275
Rachel Tulelei
(appointed February 2021)
$36,376-
$2,000
(member)
--
-
(member)
-
(Chair)
--$38,376
John Journee
5
$78,525
$7,500
(member)
-- -
-
(member)
-
(member)
--$86,025
Robbie Tindall
4
(appointed November 2020)
$52,350-
$4,000
(member)
-
(member)
-
(member)
-
(member)
--- $56,350
Stephen Tindall
4
(retired November 2020)
$26,175-
$2,000
(member)
-
-
(member)
-
(member)
--- $28,175
Keith Smith (Deputy Chair)
(retired November 2020)
$38,333
(Deputy
Chair)
-
(Chair)
-
(member)
-
(Chair)
-
(Chair)
-
(member)
--- $38,333
1. Committee Chair fees increased from 1 Jan 2021.
2. Underpayment of Remuneration Chair Fees due FY19 & FY20 paid in FY21.
3. Appointed as Audit Committee Chair from December 2020.
4. Director fees on-paid to Robbie Tindall, Alternate Director. Robbie also received a fee of $13,750, as a director of subsidiary company TheMarket.com Limited.
5. John Journee received an additional fee of $13,750 as a director of subsidiary company TheMarket.com Limited.
6. Environment and Social Sustainability Committee formed in June 2021.
7. Member of People and Remuneration Committee for 3 months only.
The fees paid to non-executive Directors for services in their capacity as directors during the year ended 1 August 2021 totalling $787,707 were paid as follows:
Statutory Disclosures
98
The Warehouse Group
DISCLOSURES OF INTERESTS BY DIRECTORS
General disclosures
The following are particulars of general disclosures of interest given by the Directors of the Company pursuant to section 140(2) of the Companies Act
1993 as at 1 August 2021:
ANTONY (TONY) BALFOUR
Director, Les Mills International Limited
Director, Wayfare Limited (formerly Real Journeys Limited)
Director, BLIS Technologies Limited
Director, Pioneer Energy Limited
WILLIAM (WILL) EASTON
Managing Director, Facebook Pty Ltd
Director, Meandu Australia Pty Limited
JOHN JOURNEE
Director, Farmlands Society
Director, Colonial Motor Company Limited
Director, CMC Workplace Savings Scheme Trustee Limited
Director, Vanishing Point Limited
Member, Advisory Board, Quantiful Limited
Director, West Auckland Trust Services Limited
JULIA RAUE
Director, Jade Software Corporation Limited
Director, Southern Cross Health Society
Director, Southern Cross Pet Insurance Limited
Director, Z Energy Limited
Director, Rowdy Consulting Limited
Member, NZ Rugby Appointments and Remuneration Committee
Trustee, Global Women NZ
JOAN WITHERS
Director, ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited
Director, On Being Bold Limited
Director, Sky Network Television Limited
Member, Appointments Panel Fonterra farmer elected directors
Trustee, Sweet Louise Foundation
Director, Origin Energy Limited
DEAN HAMILTON
Chair & Shareholder, Fulton Hogan Limited
Director & Shareholder, Auckland International Airport Limited
Director, Tappenden Holdings Limited
ROBERT (ROBBIE) TINDALL
Trustee, The Tindall Foundation
Trustee, Finn Lowery Foundation
Director, Foundation Services Limited
Director, K One W One Limited
Director, K One W One (No 2) Limited
Director, K One W One (No 3) Limited
Director, K One W One (No 4) Limited
Director, K One W One (No 5) Limited
RACHEL TAULELEI
CEO, Kono
Chair, APEC Business Advisory Council
Chair, Wellington Regional Stadium Trust
Trustee, Young Enterprise Trust
Governor, Queen Margaret College
Advisory Board Member, Movac
Director, RLaw Limited
Limited Partner, Movac Fund 5 LP
Statutory Disclosures
99
Integrated Annual Report 2021
SHARE DEALINGS BY DIRECTORS
During the year, the Directors disclosed in respect of section 148(2) of the Companies Act 1993 that they acquired or disposed of a relevant interest in
shares as follows:
DIRECTORS’ SHAREHOLDINGS AS AT 1 AUGUST 2021
At 1 August 2021 the following Directors, or entities related to them, held interests in the Company shares:
Beneficial
Interest
Beneficial
Interest
Non-beneficial
Interest
Non-beneficial
Interest
Related
Party
Related
Party
202120202021202020212020
D Hamilton 1,493,057
J Journee 172,000172,000
J Raue 15,000
R J Tindall 4,8004,80093,721,18493,721,184
J Withers68,41946,8891,493,0571,561,294
A Balfour1,015,875
Share Transaction
Date of
Transaction
Number of
Ordinary shares
Acquired/(Disposed)Consideration
J Withers October 202021,530
On market purchase of shares at an
average price of $2.31 per share
J RaueMarch 202115,000
On market purchase of shares at an
average price of $3.77 per share
Number of
Ordinary Shares
Percentage of
Ordinary Shares
Sir Stephen Robert Tindall93,687,09627.01
The Tindall Foundation Inc73,920,49621.31
James Pascoe Limited69,333,94019.99
Accident Compensation Corporation - NZCSD <ACCI40>8,159,4992.35
Citibank Nominees (New Zealand) Limited - NZCSD <CNOM90>6,865,2541.98
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited <1-CUSTODY>5,569,0421.61
National Nominees Limited - NZCSD <NNLZ90>5,247,7311.51
Custodial Services Limited <A/C 4>4,400,8251.27
Sir Stephen Robert Tindall + John Richard Avery + Brian Mayo-Smith <SR Tindall Family A/C>3,778,1491.09
Robert George Tindall + Sir Stephen Robert Tindall + Pupuke Trustee Limited <Tindall A/C>3,455,1031.00
BNP Paribas Nominees (NZ) Limited - NZCSD <BPSS40>3,211,2670.93
BNP Paribas Nominees (NZ) Limited - NZCSD3,175,8830.92
Hobson Wealth Custodian Limited <Resident Cash Account>2,086,0020.60
New Zealand Depository Nominee Limited <A/C 1 Cash Account>1,188,6960.34
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited - NZCSD <HKBN90>1,170,3570.34
FNZ Custodians Limited799,2910.23
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited <ACCOUNT 1 E>767,6970.22
Sir Stephen Robert Tindall + John Richard Avery + Brian Mayo-Smith <MERANI A/C>752,7980.22
The Warehouse Management Trustee Company Limited <Re Unissued Shares>667,1740.19
James Raymond Holdings Limited600,0000.17
288,836,300 83.28%
1
New Zealand Central Securities Depository Limited (NZCSD) is a depository system which allows electronic trading of members. As at 1 August 2021
total holdings in NZCSD were 29,821,646 or 8.59% of shares on issue.
TWENTY LARGEST REGISTERED SHAREHOLDERS AS AT 1 AUGUST 2021
Statutory Disclosures
100
The Warehouse Group
Statutory Disclosures
Size of Shareholding
Number of
Shareholders Percentage
Number of
Shares Percentage
1 - 1,000 3,663 36.86%1,677,796 0.48%
1,001 - 5,000 3,990 40.16% 8,797,252 2.54%
5,001 - 10,000 1,071 10.78% 7,022,586 2.02%
10,001 - 100,000 1,121 11.28% 24,527,955 7.08%
100,000 and over 91 0.92%304,817,53187.88%
9,936 100% 346,843,120 100%
Geographic Distribution
Auckland and Northland 3,827 38.52% 302,995,871 87.37%
Waikato and Central North Island 2,017 20.30% 12,871,727 3.71%
Lower North Island and Wellington 1,424 14.33% 11,687,281 3.37%
Canterbury, Marlborough and Westland 1,077 10.84% 6,363,246 1.83%
Otago and Southland 693 6.97% 10,832,747 3.12%
Australia 763 7.68% 1,265,032 0.36%
Other Overseas 135 1.36% 827,216 0.24%
9,936 100% 346,843,120 100%
DISTRIBUTION OF SHAREHOLDERS AND HOLDINGS AS AT 1 AUGUST 2021
Relevant
Interest
Date of
Notice
James Pascoe Limited68,270,08110 May 2018
Sir Stephen Tindall84,141,52419 March 2004
The Tindall Foundation66,323,22019 March 2004
SUBSTANTIAL PRODUCT HOLDERS
According to notices given to the Company under the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013, as at 1 August 2021, the substantial product holders in the
Company and their relevant interests are noted below:
101
Integrated Annual Report 2021
Statutory Disclosures
CompanyDirectors
1-Day LimitedN Grayston, J Oram
1-Day Liquor LimitedJ Oram, K Nickels (R)
Bond and Bond LimitedB Moors, J Oram, K Nickels (R)
Boye Developments LimitedB Moors, J Oram, K Nickels (R)
Diners Club (NZ) LimitedJ Oram, K Kramer, K Nickels (R)
Eldamos Investments LimitedB Moors, J Oram, K Nickels (R), P Okhovat (R)
Eldamos Nominees LimitedJ Oram, K Nickels (R)
Noel Leeming Finance LimitedB Moors
Noel Leeming Financial Services LimitedB Moors, J Oram, K Nickels (R)
Noel Leeming Furniture LimitedB Moors, J Oram, K Nickels (R)
Noel Leeming LimitedB Moors, J Oram, K Nickels (R)
Noel Leeming Group LimitedT Edwards
The Book Depot LimitedJ Oram, K Nickels (R)
TheMarket.com LimitedN Grayston, J Journee, R Tindall, J Oram
The Warehouse Card LimitedJ Oram, K Nickels (R)
The Warehouse Group Support Services LimitedJ Oram, K Nickels (R)
The Warehouse Investments LimitedJ Oram, K Nickels (R)
The Warehouse LimitedK Smith (R), N Grayston, J Oram, T Edwards
The Warehouse Nominees LimitedB Moors, J Oram, K Nickels (R)
TWGI Operations LimitedJ Oram
Torpedo7 LimitedT Edwards, S West
TWGA Pty LtdI McGill, B Moors, K Smith (R), Sir S Tindall (R), J Oram
TWL Australia Pty LimitedI McGill, B Moors, K Smith (R), Sir S Tindall (R), J Oram
TWP No.1 LimitedJ Oram, N Tuck
TWP No.4 LimitedB Moors, J Oram, K Nickels (R)
TWP No.5 LimitedB Moors, J Oram, P Okhovat (R)
TWP No.6 LimitedK Smith (R), B Moors, J Oram
ChocolateWorks NZ LimitedN Craig, M Razey (R), A Razey, H Vetsch, M Anderson, S Smith
Warehouse Stationery LimitedB Moors
Lincoln West LimitedK Gardiner, G Helsby, G Lane, P Okhovat (R), J Oram
Farran (Nine) LimitedK Gardiner, G Helsby, G Lane, P Okhovat (R), J Oram
The Warehouse Planit Trustees LimitedJ Withers
The Warehouse Management Trustee Company LimitedK Smith (R), J Withers, A Balfour, D Hamilton
The Warehouse Management Trustee Company No.2 LimitedK Smith (R), J Withers, A Balfour, D Hamilton
TW House Sourcing Private Limited (India)K Kramer, T Benyon
The Warehouse (Shanghai) Trading Company LimitedT Benyon, M Anderton, K Kramer
SUBSIDIARY COMPANY DIRECTORS
The following people held office as directors of subsidiary companies at 1 August 2021. Those who retired during the year are indicated with an (R).
102
The Warehouse Group
Statutory Disclosures
STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING
The ordinary shares of The Warehouse Group Limited are listed on the
New Zealand Exchange (NZX).
ORDINARY SHARES
The total number of voting securities of the Company on issue on
1 August 2021 was 346,843,120 fully paid ordinary shares.
RIGHTS ATTACHING TO SHARES
Clauses 20-22 of the Company’s Constitution set out the voting rights
of shareholders. Ordinary shares in the Company each carry a right to
vote on a poll at any general meeting of shareholders on any resolution.
Holders of ordinary shares may vote at a meeting in person, or by proxy,
representative or attorney. Voting may be conducted by voice, a show of
hands or a poll. Each of the Company’s ordinary shares entitles the holder
to one vote.
ON-MARKET SHARE BUY-BACKS
The Company is not, at the date of this annual report, undertaking any
on-market share buy-backs.
ESCROW
Apart from the shares held under the Staff Purchase Plan, the Company
has no securities subject to an escrow agreement.
DONATIONS
In accordance with section 211(1)(h) of the Companies Act 1993,
the Company records that it donated $499,390 (2020 $134,000) to
various charities during the year. In line with Board policy, no political
contributions were made during the year.
DIVIDENDS ON ORDINARY SHARES
The Warehouse Group Limited has paid dividends on its ordinary shares
almost every year since listing on the New Zealand Exchange in 1994, with
the exception of 2020 due to the COVID-19 disruption to business. The
Group’s current dividend policy was approved by the Board in March 2021.
The Group’s dividend policy is to distribute at least 70% of the Group’s full
year adjusted net profit, at the discretion of the Board and subject to trading
performance, market conditions and liquidity requirements.
On 28 September 2021 the Directors declared a fully imputed final dividend
of 17.5 cents per share bringing the total dividend for the year to 35.5 cents
per share. The final dividend has been declared on the basis that New
Zealand is predominantly at Alert Level 2 or below from the end of October
2021. The dividends will be fully imputed at a rate of 28.0% and will be paid
on 3 December 2021 to all shareholders on the share register at the close of
business on 18 November 2021.
AUDITOR
PricewaterhouseCoopers have continued to act as auditors of the company
and have undertaken the audit of the financial statements for the
year ended 1 August 2021.
DISCIPLINARY ACTION
NZX has not taken any disciplinary action against the Company during the
period under review.
NZX WAIVERS
Details of all waivers granted and published by NZX within or relied upon
by the Company in the 12 months immediately preceding The Warehouse
Group Limited's balance date are available on the Company’s website
www.thewarehousegroup.co.nz.
Dividends20212020201920182017
Interim 13.00.09.010.010.0
Special5.0----
Final17.50.08.06.06.0
Total35.50.017.016.016.0
Holders of each class of equity security as at 1 August 2021
Class of equity security
Number of
Holders
Number of
Shares or Rights
Ordinary shares9,936346,843,120
InitiativesAssociations
Environmental
• Paris Agreement
• Climate Leaders Coalition 2019 Statement
• Toitū Carbonzero
• Low Emissions Heavy Freight Working Group
• Carbon Disclosure Project – Climate Change
• Soft Plastics Recycling Scheme
• Climate Leaders Coalition (CLC)
• Science Based Targets Initiative (SBTI)
• Sustainable Business Council (SBC)
• Energy Efficiency and Conservation Authority (EECA)
• WasteMinz
• Retail Network NZ
Human Resource
and People
• Retailers Against Racism pledge
• P-TECH
• Tupu Toa
• HRNZ
• ShopCare
• Lean In NZ
Product Sourcing
and Development
• Anti-Modern Slavery
• Her project
• New Zealand Business Roundtable in China (NZBRiC)
• Better Cotton Initiative (BCI)
• Forest Stewardship Council (FSC)
• Business for Social Responsibility (BSR)
Other
• Building industry inclusion on the content of Vocational
Education
• Provision of Vocational Education training
• Migration to WDC and Te Pukenga prior to wind-up
• Working with MBIE on Future of Work
• Retail NZ
• TEC / Services Workforce Development Council
• Te Pukenga
• ServiceIQ / ITO
• New Zealand Business and Parliamentary Trust
• Business NZ
• NZ Marketing Association
• Digital Boost Pledge Collaborative
INITIATIVES AND ASSOCIATIONS
Listed below are the external economic, environmental or social initiatives to which The Warehouse Group subscribes, and the main associations and
national or international advocacy organisations of which The Warehouse Group are members.
103
Integrated Annual Report 2021
* These topics are governance related topics which are not specifically covered under GRI economic, environmental and social topics and boundaries.
The Warehouse Group’s vision is to build new Zealand’s most sustainable,
convenient and customer first company.
For the past two years we have reported under the Integrated Reporting
International Framework and produced an Integrated Annual Report.
This year we have taken a further step into how we determine what
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) topics are material to
The Warehouse Group and how we report on these ESG initiatives and
achievements, as well as relevant economic impacts, through adopting the
Global Reporting Initiatives (GRI) reporting framework.
Through an internal stakeholder mapping exercise, we have identified key
stakeholder groups which we prioritise our engagements with. These include
groups which our business has a significant impact on, and those which have
a high interest in or considerable influence on the success of our business.
We have undertaken in-depth, independent interviews with a variety of
stakeholders including customers, employees, suppliers, shareholders
and business customers. This review provides a materiality assessment of
economic, environmental, social and governance issues, enabling us to
GLOBAL REPORTING INITIATIVES (GRI)
MATERIALITY ASSESSMENT
identify and prioritise issues which substantively influence stakeholders’
assessments and decisions or have a significant economic, environmental
or social impact.
Value at Stake reflects the impact on the economy, environment, and/or
society which can lead to consequences for the organisation's business
model, reputation, or ability to achieve its objectives.
The following materiality matrix discloses the ranking of importance of these
ESG issues.
This report has been prepared in accordance with the GRI Standards: Core
option. The report has been internally reviewed, supported by evidence,
signed off by Management, and approved by the Board. Unless otherwise
stated, the Group has not sought external assurance in the preparation of
this report.
Carbon and energy emissions are obtained from Toitū Envirocare certified
emissions data. Please refer to The Warehouse Group Emissions Inventory
Report or find it on our website.
Importance to
stakeholders
High• GHG emissions
• Waste and hazardous materials management
• Business ethics*
• Child labour and exploitive labour
• Physical impacts of climate change and
product carbon footprint
• Product packaging and waste
• Product quality and safety
• Future workforce
• Materials sourcing and efficiency
• Supply chain management*
• Access and affordability
Low
• Water and wastewater management
• Ecological impacts
• Customer welfare
• Selling practice and product labelling
• Air quality
• Sustainability oversight*
• Critical incident risk management*
• Systematic risk management*
• Business model resilience*
• Human rights, responsible sourcing, and community
relations
• Employee health and safety
• Customer privacy*
• Data security*
• Energy management
• Employee engagements, diversity and inclusion
• Labour practices and employee training
• Product design and lifestyle management
• Competitive behaviour*
LowHigh
Value at Stake – economic, environmental and social impacts
GRI Report
104
The Warehouse Group
IndicatorDisclosureReference in this
Annual Report
Omission or
External Reference
102-1Name of the organisationThe Warehouse Group Limited
102-2Activities, brands, products, and servicesPages 18-23
102-3Location of headquartersPage 107
102-4Location of operationsPages 18-23, 107
102-5Ownership and legal formPage 56
102-6Markets servedPages 18-23
102-7Scale of the organisationNumber of employees - pages 8, 13, 93
Number of operations – pages 18-23
Net sales – page 52
Total capitalisation – pages 45, 53
Quantity of products provided – Page 58
102-8Information on employees and other workersPages 40-42, 93
Information on employees is not
broken down by employment
type or employment contract. An
insignificant portion of the Group's
activities is performed by workers
who are not employees or who are
seasonal workers.
102-9Supply chainPages 32, 39
102-10Significant changes to the organisation and its supply chainNone
102-11Precautionary principle or approachPages 31, 87-91
102-12External initiativesPage 102
102-13Membership of associationsPage 102
102-14Statement from senior decision-makerPages 8-13
102-16Values, principles, standards, and norms of behaviourPages 14-15
102-18Governance structurePages 84-90
102-40List of stakeholder groups Pages 36-42, 99, 103
102-41Collective bargaining agreementsPage 40
102-42Identifying and selecting stakeholders Page 103
102-43Approach to stakeholder engagement Page 103
102-44Key topics and concerns raised Pages 36, 39, 40-42, 103
102-45Entities included in the consolidated financial statements Page 56
102-46Defining report content and topic boundaries Page 103
102-47List of material topics Page 103
102-48Restatements of information None
102-49Changes in reporting None
102-50Reporting period 3 August 2020 to 1 August 2021
102-51Date of most recent report This is the first GRI Report
102-52Reporting cycle Annual
102-53Contact point for questions regarding the report investors@thewarehouse.co.nz
102-54Claims of reporting in accordance with the GRI Standards GRI Standards (Core option)
102-55GRI content index Pages 103-106
102-56External assurance GRI Standards 102-5, 102-45 are
covered by external Audit Report,
pages 73-77.
No external assurance is obtained
on other GRI information.
Carbon and energy emissions are
obtained from Toitū Envirocare
certified emissions data. Refer to The
Warehouse Group Emissions Inventory
Report or on our website.
GENERAL DISCLOSURES
Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Content Index
105
Integrated Annual Report 2021
IndicatorDisclosureReference in this
Annual Report
Omission or
External Reference
Market Presence (2016)
103Management ApproachPages 40-41
202-1
Ratio of standard entry level wage by gender compared to
local minimum wage
Pages 40-41, 93
Anti-corruption (2016)
103Management ApproachPages 31, 40, 92
205-2Communication and training about anti-corruption policies
and procedures
Page 40
Board members did not receive anti-
corruption policies and procedures or
training in the current year, but this is
planned to be addressed in FY22.
Anti-competitive Behaviour (2016)
103Management ApproachPages 31, 90, 92
206-1Legal actions for anti-competitive behaviour, anti-trust and
monopoly practices
We are not aware of any legal cases
against the organisation regarding anti-
competitive behaviour and violations
of anti-trust and monopoly legislation
during the reporting period.
IndicatorDisclosureReference in this
Annual Report
Omission or
External Reference
Energy (2016)
103Management ApproachPages 26-27, 28-29, 89
302-1Energy consumption within the organisationPage 47
For further disclosures please refer
to The Warehouse Group Emissions
Inventory Report or on our website.
302-3Energy intensityPage 47
302-4Reduction of energy consumptionPage 47
Emissions (2016)
103Management ApproachPages 26-27, 28-29, 89
305-1Direct (scope 1) GHG emissionsPages 47-48
For further disclosures please refer
to The Warehouse Group Emissions
Inventory Report or on our website.
305-2Energy indirect (Scope 2) GHG emissionsPages 47-48
305-3Other indirect (Scope 3) GHG emissionsPages 47-48
305-4GHG emissions intensityPage 48
305-5Reduction of GHG emissionsPages 47-48
Waste (2020)
103Management ApproachPages 26-27, 28-29, 89
306-1Waste generation and significant waste-related impactsPages 46-47
For further disclosures please refer
to The Warehouse Group Emissions
Inventory Report or on our website.
306-2Management of significant waste-related impactsPages 46-47
306-3Waste generatedPages 46-47
306-4Waste diverted from disposalPages 46-47
306-5Waste directed to disposalPages 46-47
Environmental Compliance (2016)
103Management ApproachPages 26-27, 28-29, 89
307-1Non-compliance with environmental laws and regulations
We are not aware of any incidents related to non-compliance with
environmental laws and regulations during the reporting period.
308-1New suppliers that were screened using environmental criteriaPage 46
308-2
Negative environmental impacts in the supply chain and
actions taken
Page 46
Ethical Sourcing Report or find on
our website.
ECONOMIC
ENVIRONMENTAL
Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Content Index
106
The Warehouse Group
IndicatorDisclosureReference in this
Annual Report
Omission or
External Reference
Occupational Health and Safety (2018)
103Management ApproachPages 41, 87, 89
403-6Promotion of worker healthPage 42
403-9Work-related injuriesPage 41
Training and Education (2016)
103Management ApproachPages 28-29, 40
404-1 Average hours of training per year per employeePage 40
Information on training hours
per year by gender and
employee category is not yet
available. We will endeavour
to work on this reporting in
the future.
404-2
Programmes for upgrading employee skills and transition
assistance programmes
Page 40
Diversity and Equal Opportunity (2016)
103Management ApproachPages 28-29, 40-41, 87, 89, 91
405-1Diversity of governance bodies and employeesPage 93
405-2Ratio of basic salary and remuneration of women to menPage 93
Information on salary and
remuneration by employee
category is not yet available.
We will endeavour to work on
this reporting in the future.
Ethical Operations and Sourcing
103Management ApproachPages 39, 92
The following GRI standards are referred to in The Warehouse
Group Ethical Sourcing Policy and the 2021 Ethical Sourcing
Report
Ethical Sourcing Policy or find
on our website.
Ethical Sourcing Report
or find on our website.
407-1
(2016)
Operations and suppliers in which the right to freedom of
association and collective bargaining may be at risk
Pages 4, 5Page 20
408-1
(2016)
Operations and suppliers in which the right to freedom of
association and collective bargaining may be at risk
Page 3Page 19
409-1
(2016)
Operations and suppliers at significant risk for incidents of
child labour
Page 3Pages 13, 14, 19
414-1
(2016)
New suppliers that were screened using social criteria
Ethical Sourcing Policy, Page 2
2021 Annual Report, Page 47
Pages 5, 22
414-2
(2016)
Negative social impacts in the supply chain and actions taken-Pages 6, 8, 12, 22
SOCIAL
The Warehouse Group Ethical Sourcing Policy and the 2021 Ethical Sourcing public report were not drafted in reference to the GRI Standards or
Reporting framework. As such the above index should be taken as a general indication of alignment within our policy and reporting to a GRI standard,
not as indication of compliance with the standard or its detailed reporting requirements. Readers seeking a deeper understanding of our ethical sourcing
programme and its impact are encouraged to read the Ethical Sourcing Policy and Ethical Sourcing Report as referenced above.
Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Content Index
107
Integrated Annual Report 2021
Board of Directors
Joan Withers (Chair)
Dean Hamilton
Robbie Tindall
Tony Balfour
John Journee
Will Easton
Julia Raue
Rachel Taulelei
Place of Business
26 The Warehouse Way
Northcote, Auckland 0627
PO Box 33470, Takapuna
Auckland 0740, New Zealand
Telephone: +64 9 489 7000
Facsimile: +64 9 489 7444
Registered Office
C/- BDO
Level 4, 4 Graham Street
PO Box 2219
Auckland 1140, New Zealand
New Zealand Business Number (NZBN)
New Zealand Incorporation: 9429038766633
Auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Private Bag 92162
Auckland 1142, New Zealand
Directory
Group Chief Executive Officer
Nick Grayston
Group Chief Financial Officer
Jonathan Oram
Company Secretary
Erin Vercoe
Stock Exchange Listing
NZX trading code: WHS
Share Registrar
Computershare Investor Services Limited
Level 2, 159 Hurstmere Road, Takapuna
Private Bag 92119, Auckland 1142
New Zealand
Telephone: +64 9 488 8777
Facsimile: +64 9 488 8787
Email: enquiry@computershare.co.nz
Website: www.computershare.co.nz/investorcentre
Shareholder Enquiries
Shareholders with enquiries regarding the share transactions, changes of
address or dividend payments should contact the Share Registrar.
You can also manage your shareholding electronically by using
Computershare’s secure website, www.computershare.co.nz/investorcentre,
whereby you can view your share balance, change your address, view
payment and tax information, update your payment instructions and
update your report options.
---
Name of issuer THE WAREHOUSE GROUP LIMITED
Financial product description Ordinary Shares (346,843,120)
NZX ticker code WHS
ISIN NZWHSE0001S6
Type of distribution Full Year
X
Quarterly
(please mark with an X in the relevant box/es) Half Year Special
DRP Applies Not Applicable
Record date 18 November 2021
Ex-Date (one business day before the record date) 17 November 2021
Payment date 03 December 2021
Total monies associated with the distribution $60,697,546
Source of distribution Operating cashflows
Currency New Zealand dollars
Gross distribution $0.24305556
Gross taxable amount $0.24305556
Total cash distribution $0.17500000
Excluded amount $0.00000000
Supplementary distribution amount $0.03088235
Is this distribution imputed? Fully imputed
28%
$0.06805556
$0.01215278
Date of release through MAP
Imputation tax credits per financial product
Resident withholding tax amount per financial product
Section 5: Authority for this announcement
Name of person authorised to
make this announcement
Jonathan Oram (Group Chief Financial Officer)
Contact person for this announcement Jonathan Oram (Group Chief Financial Officer)
Contact phone number 09 217 7651
Contact email address Jonathan.Oram@thewarehouse.co.nz
29 September 2021
Section 4: Distribution re-investment plan (if applicable)
Not Applicable
If fully or partially imputed, please state imputation
rate as % applied
The Warehouse Group Limited
Corporate Action Notice (for a Distribution)
Section 1: Issuer Information
Section 2: Distribution amounts per financial product
Section 3: Imputation credits and resident withholding tax
---
Quarterly Sales
Reporting Period52 weeks to 1 August 2021
Previous Reporting Period (2020)53 weeks to 2 August 2020
Previous Reporting Period (2019)52 weeks to 28 July 2019
Quarterly Retail Sales information:
(13 weeks)(14 weeks)(13 weeks)
SalesSalesSales
(3 May 2021 to 1 August 2021)
202120202019
($ Million)($ Million)($ Million)
The Warehouse 427.7 469.9 389.9 - 9.0 % + 9.7 %
Warehouse Stationery66.2 70.5 64.3 - 6.1 % + 3.0 %
Noel Leeming272.0 303.6 220.3 - 10.4 % + 23.5 %
Torpedo7
1
38.5 42.1 27.9 - 8.6 % + 38.0 %
Total Group
2
815.1 903.1 716.5 - 9.7 % + 13.8 %
(52 weeks)(53 weeks)(52 weeks)
SalesSalesSales
(3 August 2020 to 1 August 2021)
202120202019
($ Million)($ Million)($ Million)
The Warehouse 1,804.9 1,706.0 1,705.7 + 5.8 % + 5.8 %
Warehouse Stationery274.6 268.8 268.6 + 2.2 % + 2.2 %
Noel Leeming1,128.2 1,010.0 924.6 + 11.7 % + 22.0 %
Torpedo7
1
158.7 129.9 114.3 + 22.2 % + 38.8 %
Total Group
2
3,414.6 3,172.8 3,071.4 + 7.6 % + 11.2 %
Store Numbers
20212020202120202021202020212020
Start Quarter 4909272 75 71 70 21 20
End Quarter 4909271 74 70 71 21 20
20212020202120202021202020212020
Start Quarter 4488,201 499,756 78,021 77,667 65,805 69,865 27,030 26,489
End Quarter 4487,553 498,955 83,672 77,281 63,684 67,239 27,030 26,489
- - - 2
- - 1 2
- - 1 -
- - - -
Note:
The Warehouse
Warehouse Stationery
Noel Leeming
Torpedo7
1) Sales for the Torpedo7 segment have been restated to exclude sales relating to the 1-day online business which have been reclassified and reported as part of TheMarket
segment in the current financial year.
2) Total Group sales includes TheMarket segment, eliminations and other Group operations in addition to the 4 main retail operations detailed above.
Store changes during the quarter
New
store
Replacement
store
Store
closure
Store
extension/
reduction
The WarehouseNoel LeemingWarehouse StationeryTorpedo7
Store footprint
(Square Metres)
The WarehouseNoel LeemingWarehouse StationeryTorpedo7
The Warehouse Group Limited
Supplementary Information
Fourth quarter sales
Change in
sales
vs 2020
Change in
sales
vs 2019
Year to date sales
Change in
sales
vs 2020
Change in
sales
vs 2019
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.
Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time
Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.
- FRW — Freightways Group Limited: Full Year Results to 30 June 2021 and Final Dividend2021-08-22
“Results for announcement to the market Name of issuer FREIGHTWAYS LIMITED Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2021 Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2020 Currency New Zealand dollars Amount (000s) Percentage change Revenue from continuing operations $800,…”